WO2018043746A1 - Photosensitive resin composition for forming organic electroluminescent element partition wall, partition wall, organic electroluminescent element, image display device and lighting - Google Patents
Photosensitive resin composition for forming organic electroluminescent element partition wall, partition wall, organic electroluminescent element, image display device and lighting Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2018043746A1 WO2018043746A1 PCT/JP2017/031824 JP2017031824W WO2018043746A1 WO 2018043746 A1 WO2018043746 A1 WO 2018043746A1 JP 2017031824 W JP2017031824 W JP 2017031824W WO 2018043746 A1 WO2018043746 A1 WO 2018043746A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- group
- less
- ring
- meth
- preferable
- Prior art date
Links
- 0 *C(CO*OCC(COC(C(*)=C)=O)N)COC(C(*)=C)=O Chemical compound *C(CO*OCC(COC(C(*)=C)=O)N)COC(C(*)=C)=O 0.000 description 7
- IZHIOTGYMOQQBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N COCC(COc1ccccc1)OCC(COC(C([Re])=C)=O)I Chemical compound COCC(COc1ccccc1)OCC(COC(C([Re])=C)=O)I IZHIOTGYMOQQBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SNHMUERNLJLMHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ic1ccccc1 Chemical compound Ic1ccccc1 SNHMUERNLJLMHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08L—COMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
- C08L101/00—Compositions of unspecified macromolecular compounds
- C08L101/02—Compositions of unspecified macromolecular compounds characterised by the presence of specified groups, e.g. terminal or pendant functional groups
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
- G03F7/027—Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
- G03F7/027—Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
- G03F7/032—Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders
- G03F7/033—Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders the binders being polymers obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds, e.g. vinyl polymers
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H05—ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H05B—ELECTRIC HEATING; ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENTS FOR ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES, IN GENERAL
- H05B33/00—Electroluminescent light sources
- H05B33/12—Light sources with substantially two-dimensional radiating surfaces
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H05—ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H05B—ELECTRIC HEATING; ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENTS FOR ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES, IN GENERAL
- H05B33/00—Electroluminescent light sources
- H05B33/12—Light sources with substantially two-dimensional radiating surfaces
- H05B33/22—Light sources with substantially two-dimensional radiating surfaces characterised by the chemical or physical composition or the arrangement of auxiliary dielectric or reflective layers
Definitions
- the present invention relates to a photosensitive resin composition used for forming a partition of an organic electroluminescent element, and more particularly, a partition composed of a photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition and an organic electric field including the partition.
- the present invention relates to a light emitting element, an image display device including the organic electroluminescent element, and illumination.
- an organic electroluminescent device included in an organic electric field display, organic electric field illumination, or the like is formed by forming a partition (bank) on a substrate, and then laminating various functional layers in a region surrounded by the partition. It is manufactured.
- a method for forming such a partition easily, a method for forming by a photolithography method using a photosensitive resin composition is known.
- an ink containing a material constituting the functional layer is prepared, and then the prepared ink is injected into the region surrounded by the partition walls.
- an ink jet method is often employed because a predetermined amount of ink is easily injected accurately into a predetermined location.
- the partition wall has ink repellency for the purpose of preventing the ink from adhering to the partition wall or preventing the ink injected between adjacent regions from being mixed together. It may be required to grant.
- various properties in addition to ink repellency are required for the partition walls, and various photosensitive resin compositions have been developed.
- Patent Document 1 describes that by using a specific alkali-soluble resin, a specific liquid repellent, and a specific surfactant, there is no disconnection of the electrode and it can cope with a high-resolution image.
- Patent Document 2 uses a resin in which (meth) acrylic acid is added to bisphenol A type epoxy resin, succinic anhydride is further added, and bisphenol A type epoxy resin is further added. It is described that a coating film excellent in heat-resistant colorability can be obtained.
- Patent Document 2 does not describe a partition wall, and the present inventors have examined the application of the photosensitive resin composition described in Patent Document 2 to a partition wall. The taper angle of was small.
- an object of the present invention is to provide a photosensitive resin composition for forming a partition wall of an organic electroluminescent device that has a small amount of outgas generation during operation of the light emitting device, is highly reliable, and has a large taper angle.
- the present invention provides a partition formed using the photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition, an organic electroluminescent element including the partition, an image display apparatus including the organic electroluminescent element, and illumination. The purpose is to do.
- the gist of the present invention is as follows.
- a photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition comprising (A) an ethylenically unsaturated compound, (B) a photopolymerization initiator, and (C) an alkali-soluble resin, wherein the (C) alkali A soluble resin contains an alkali-soluble resin (c) having a partial structure represented by the following general formula (1), and further contains (E) a chain transfer agent.
- Photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition comprising (A) an ethylenically unsaturated compound, (B) a photopolymerization initiator, and (C) an alkali-soluble resin, wherein the (C) alkali A soluble resin contains an alkali-soluble resin (c) having a partial structure represented by the following general formula (1), and further contains (E) a chain transfer agent.
- R 1 represents an optionally substituted divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. * Represents a bond.
- R 1 represents an optionally substituted divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. * Represents a bond.
- R 1 represents an optionally substituted divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. * Represents a bond.
- the alkali-soluble resin (c) is a resin having an ethylenically unsaturated group.
- the alkali-soluble resin (c) contains (c1) an epoxy (meth) acrylate resin.
- R a represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
- R b represents a divalent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent.
- the benzene ring in formula (i) (It may be substituted with any substituent. * Represents a bond.)
- each R c independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
- R d represents a divalent hydrocarbon group having a cyclic hydrocarbon group as a side chain. * Represents a bond. .
- R e represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
- ⁇ represents a single bond, —CO—, an alkylene group which may have a substituent, or an optionally substituted 2
- the (c1) epoxy (meth) acrylate resin is a resin obtained by adding an acid or ester compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond to an epoxy resin, and further adding a polybasic acid or an anhydride thereof.
- ⁇ 6> The photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 5>, further comprising (D) a liquid repellent.
- ⁇ 7> The photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition according to ⁇ 6>, wherein the (D) liquid repellent contains a liquid repellent having a crosslinking group.
- a photosensitive resin composition for forming a partition wall of an organic electroluminescent device having a small amount of outgas generation during operation of the light emitting device, high reliability, and a large taper angle.
- FIG. 1 is an explanatory diagram of a method for evaluating the taper angle of a partition wall.
- (meth) acryl means “acryl and / or methacryl”
- (meth) acrylate means “acrylate and / or methacrylate”
- the “total solid content” means all components other than the solvent in the photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition wall.
- a numerical range represented by using “to” in the present invention means a range including numerical values described before and after “to” as a lower limit value and an upper limit value.
- the term “(co) polymer” means that both a single polymer (homopolymer) and a copolymer (copolymer) are included, and “(acid) anhydride”, “ The term “(anhydrous)... Acid” means to include both an acid and its anhydride.
- polybasic acid (anhydride) means “polybasic acid and / or polybasic acid anhydride”.
- the weight average molecular weight refers to a polystyrene equivalent weight average molecular weight (Mw) by GPC (gel permeation chromatography).
- the partition material refers to a bank material and a wall material
- the partition wall refers to a bank and a wall.
- the light emitting portion refers to a portion that emits light when electric energy is applied.
- “mass” and “weight” are synonymous.
- * in the chemical formula represents a bond.
- “large taper angle” and “high taper angle” are synonymous, and “small taper angle” and “low taper angle” are synonymous.
- Photosensitive resin composition for forming organic electroluminescent element partition walls includes (A) an ethylenically unsaturated compound and (B).
- a photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition comprising a photopolymerization initiator and (C) an alkali-soluble resin, wherein the (C) alkali-soluble resin is represented by the following general formula (1). It contains an alkali-soluble resin (c) having a partial structure, and further contains (E) a chain transfer agent. If necessary, it may further contain other components. For example, (D) a liquid repellent or an ultraviolet absorber may be included.
- the photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition according to the second aspect of the present invention contains (A) an ethylenically unsaturated compound, (B) a photopolymerization initiator, and (C) an alkali-soluble resin.
- the (A) ethylenically unsaturated compound contains (A1) an ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group, and the content ratio of the (A1) acid group having an ethylenic unsaturated compound is 30% by mass in the total solid content. It is characterized by the following. If necessary, it may further contain other components. For example, it may contain (D) a liquid repellent, (E) a chain transfer agent, and an ultraviolet absorber.
- the “photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition wall of the present invention” refers to the photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition wall according to the first aspect, and the second embodiment. Both of the photosensitive resin composition for organic electroluminescent element partition formation which concern on the aspect of this are pointed out.
- the partition wall is, for example, for partitioning a functional layer (organic layer, light emitting portion) in an active drive organic electroluminescence device, and is for forming a functional layer in the partitioned region (pixel region).
- a functional layer organic layer, light emitting portion
- This is used for forming pixels composed of functional layers and partition walls by ejecting and drying ink, which is a material of the above.
- the photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition wall of the present invention according to the first aspect is (A) ethylene. Containing an organic unsaturated compound, (B) a photopolymerization initiator and (C) an alkali-soluble resin, further containing (E) a chain transfer agent, and usually containing a solvent.
- the photosensitive resin composition for organic electroluminescent element partition formation of this invention which concerns on a 1st aspect in order to form a liquid-repellent partition.
- (D) liquid repellent is used. It is preferable to contain them, and as the components (A) to (C) and (E), those showing the action as a liquid repellent may be used.
- the photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition wall of the present invention according to the second aspect is (A) ethylene. Containing an ethylenically unsaturated compound, (B) a photopolymerization initiator, and (C) an alkali-soluble resin, wherein the (A) ethylenically unsaturated compound comprises (A1) an ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group, (A1) The content of the ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group is 30% by mass or less in the total solid content, and usually contains a solvent.
- liquid repellent is used. It is preferable to contain them, and as the components (A) to (C), those showing the action as a liquid repellent may be used.
- Component (A) Ethylenically Unsaturated Compound
- the photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition according to the first aspect of the present invention contains (A) an ethylenically unsaturated compound. To do. (A) It is thought that it becomes high sensitivity by including an ethylenically unsaturated compound.
- an ethylenically unsaturated compound means a compound having at least one ethylenically unsaturated bond in the molecule, but it is polymerizable, crosslinkable, and a developer for exposed and non-exposed areas associated therewith.
- the compound is preferably a compound having two or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds in the molecule, and the unsaturated bond is derived from a (meth) acryloyloxy group, That is, it is more preferable that it is a (meth) acrylate compound.
- a polyfunctional ethylenic monomer having two or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds in one molecule is used. It is desirable.
- the number of ethylenically unsaturated groups contained in the polyfunctional ethylenic monomer is not particularly limited, but is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 3 or more, further preferably 4 or more, particularly preferably 5 or more, and preferably Is 15 or less, more preferably 10 or less, still more preferably 8 or less, and particularly preferably 7 or less.
- the ethylenically unsaturated compound include an ester of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid; an ester of an aromatic polyhydroxy compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid; an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound and an aromatic polyhydroxy compound And esters obtained by esterification reaction of a polyvalent hydroxy compound such as unsaturated carboxylic acid and polybasic carboxylic acid.
- ester of the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound and the unsaturated carboxylic acid examples include ethylene glycol diacrylate, triethylene glycol diacrylate, trimethylolpropane triacrylate, trimethylolethane triacrylate, pentaerythritol diacrylate, pentaerythritol triacrylate, Acrylic acid esters of aliphatic polyhydroxy compounds such as pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate, dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate, dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, glycerol acrylate, etc.
- itaconic acid ester replaced by itaconate
- ester of an aromatic polyhydroxy compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid examples include acrylic acid esters and methacrylic acid esters of aromatic polyhydroxy compounds such as hydroquinone diacrylate, hydroquinone dimethacrylate, resorcin diacrylate, resorcin dimethacrylate, pyrogallol triacrylate and the like. Etc.
- Esters obtained by esterification reaction of polyvalent hydroxy compounds such as aliphatic polyhydroxy compounds and aromatic polyhydroxy compounds with unsaturated carboxylic acids and polybasic carboxylic acids are not necessarily a single substance, but are representative. Specific examples include condensates of acrylic acid, phthalic acid, and ethylene glycol, condensates of acrylic acid, maleic acid, and diethylene glycol, condensates of methacrylic acid, terephthalic acid, and pentaerythritol, acrylic acid, adipic acid, Examples include butanediol and glycerin condensates.
- a polyisocyanate compound and a hydroxyl group-containing (meth) acrylic ester Or urethane (meth) acrylates obtained by reacting a polyisocyanate compound with a polyol and a hydroxyl group-containing (meth) acrylic acid ester; addition reaction between a polyvalent epoxy compound and hydroxy (meth) acrylate or (meth) acrylic acid
- epoxy acrylates such as products; acrylamides such as ethylene bisacrylamide; allyl esters such as diallyl phthalate; and vinyl group-containing compounds such as divinyl phthalate.
- urethane (meth) acrylates examples include DPHA-40H, UX-5000, UX-5002D-P20, UX-5003, UX-5005 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), U-2PPA, U-6LPA, U -10PA, U-33H, UA-53H, UA-32P, UA-1100H (made by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA-510H, UF-8001G (made by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), UV-1700B, UV -7600B, UV-7605B, UV-7630B, UV7640B (manufactured by Nippon Synthetic Chemical).
- ester (meth) acrylates or urethane (meth) acrylates as the (A) ethylenically unsaturated compound, and dipentaerythritol hexa (meth).
- the molecular weight of the (A) ethylenically unsaturated compound is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of sensitivity, liquid repellency, and taper angle. , Preferably 100 or more, more preferably 150 or more, further preferably 200 or more, even more preferably 300 or more, particularly preferably 400 or more, most preferably 500 or more, preferably 1,000 or less, more preferably 700 or less.
- the number of carbon atoms of the (A) ethylenically unsaturated compound is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of sensitivity, liquid repellency, and taper angle, it is preferably 7 or more, more preferably 10 or more, still more preferably 15 or more, and even more. It is preferably 20 or more, particularly preferably 25 or more, preferably 50 or less, more preferably 40 or less, still more preferably 35 or less, and particularly preferably 30 or less.
- ester (meth) acrylates from the viewpoint of sensitivity, liquid repellency, and taper angle, ester (meth) acrylates, epoxy (meth) acrylates, and urethane (meth) acrylates are preferable.
- pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate and pentaerythritol are preferable.
- the content of the (A) ethylenically unsaturated compound in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention according to the first aspect is usually 5% by mass or more, preferably 10% by mass or more, more preferably based on the total solid content. Is 20% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, particularly preferably 40% by mass or more, and usually 80% by mass or less, preferably 70% by mass or less, more preferably 60% by mass or less, and further preferably 55% by mass. % Or less, particularly preferably 50% by mass or less. When it is at least the lower limit value, the sensitivity and taper angle during exposure tend to be good, and when it is at most the upper limit value, developability tends to be good.
- the content ratio of (A) the ethylenically unsaturated compound with respect to 100 parts by mass of (C) alkali-soluble resin is usually 15 parts by mass or more, preferably 30 parts by mass or more, more preferably 50 parts by mass or more, and further preferably 80 parts. It is at least 90 parts by mass, particularly preferably at most 150 parts by mass, preferably at most 130 parts by mass, more preferably at most 120 parts by mass, even more preferably at most 110 parts by mass. When it is at least the lower limit, the sensitivity tends to be good during exposure and the taper angle tends to be good, and when it is at most the upper limit, the developability tends to be good.
- the photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition according to the second aspect of the present invention contains (A) an ethylenically unsaturated compound. (A) It is thought that it becomes high sensitivity by including an ethylenically unsaturated compound.
- the ethylenically unsaturated compound in the photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition according to the second aspect of the present invention contains (A1) an ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group, A1) The content ratio of the ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group is 30% by mass or less based on the total solid content.
- the compound is excellent in solubility in a developer, so that the generation of a residue in the pixel portion (light emitting portion) is suppressed, and the inkjet coating characteristics are improved.
- the ethylenically unsaturated compound means a compound having at least one ethylenically unsaturated bond in the molecule.
- the number of ethylenically unsaturated bonds in one molecule of the ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group is not particularly limited as long as it is 1 or more. From the viewpoint that the difference in developer solubility in the exposed portion can be expanded, it is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 3 or more, further preferably 4 or more, and 5 or more. It is particularly preferred that it is usually 15 or less, preferably 12 or less, more preferably 10 or less, and even more preferably 8 or less. When the amount is not less than the lower limit, the polymerizability is improved and the sensitivity becomes high, and the amount of outgas generation tends to decrease as the curability increases. Tend to be.
- the number of acid groups (A1) in the molecule of the ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group is not particularly limited as long as it is 1 or more, but from the viewpoint of curability, 4 or less is preferable, and 2 The following is more preferable, and one is more preferable. There exists a tendency for a remaining-film rate to become high by setting it as the said upper limit or less.
- the type of acid group (A1) that the ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group has is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a carboxyl group, a phosphoric acid group, and a sulfone group, and a carboxyl group is preferable from the viewpoint of developability. .
- the acid groups may be the same or different.
- the molecular weight of the ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 100 or more, more preferably 200 or more, further preferably 300 or more, particularly preferably 350 or more, and 1,000 or less. Preferably, 800 or less is more preferable, and 700 or less is more preferable.
- the chemical structure of the ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of developability, for example, a compound represented by the following general formula (a1) is preferable.
- R a1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
- R a2 , R a3 , R a5 and R a6 each independently represents an alkylene group which may have a substituent.
- R a4 represents an n + 1 valent linking group.
- R a7 represents an alkylene group which may have a substituent, an alkenylene group which may have a substituent, or a divalent aromatic ring group which may have a substituent.
- l and m each independently represents an integer of 0 to 12.
- n represents an integer of 1 or more.
- R a2 , R a3 , R a5 and R a6 each independently represent an alkylene group which may have a substituent.
- the alkylene group may be linear, branched, cyclic, or a combination thereof.
- the number of carbon atoms is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 or more, usually 4 or less, preferably 2 or less. There exists a tendency for a remaining-film rate to improve by setting it as the said upper limit or less.
- alkylene group examples include a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, a butylene group, and a cyclohexylene group. From the viewpoint of curability, a methylene group or an ethylene group is preferable, and a methylene group is more preferable.
- alkylene group may have an alkoxy group, a halogen atom (—F, —Cl, —Br, —I), a hydroxy group, a carboxyl group, and the like. Substitution is preferred.
- R a4 represents an n + 1 valent linking group.
- the chemical structure of the n + 1 valent linking group is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an n + 1 valent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent.
- the hydrocarbon group may be an aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and is preferably an aliphatic hydrocarbon group from the viewpoint of developability. Further, the carbon-carbon single bond in the hydrocarbon group may be interrupted with at least one selected from the group consisting of —O—, —CO— and —NH—.
- n + 1 valent linking group examples include the following.
- the alkylene group for R a7 may be linear, branched, cyclic, or a combination thereof.
- the carbon number is not particularly limited, it is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, and usually 8 or less, preferably 6 or less, more preferably 4 or less, and further preferably 3 or less.
- alkylene group examples include a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, a hexylene group, a cyclohexylene group, and the like. From the viewpoint of developability, a methylene group or an ethylene group is preferable, and ethylene is more preferable.
- alkylene group may have an alkoxy group, a halogen atom (—F, —Cl, —Br, —I), a hydroxy group, a carboxyl group, and the like. Substitution is preferred.
- the alkenylene group for R a7 may be linear, branched, cyclic, or a combination thereof.
- the carbon number is not particularly limited, it is usually 2 or more, preferably 4 or more, and usually 8 or less, preferably 6 or less.
- alkenylene group examples include an ethenylene group, a propenylene group, a butyleneylene group, a cyclohexenylene group, and the like. From the viewpoint of developability and curability, an ethenylene group or a cyclohexenylene group is preferable, and an ethenylene group is more preferable. .
- alkenylene group may have an alkoxy group, a halogen atom (—F, —Cl, —Br, —I), a hydroxy group, a carboxyl group, and the like. Substitution is preferred.
- Examples of the divalent aromatic ring group for R a7 include a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group and a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group.
- the number of carbon atoms is usually 4 or more, preferably 5 or more, more preferably 6 or more, more preferably 40 or less, more preferably 30 or less, still more preferably 20 or less, still more preferably 15 or less, and more preferably 10 or less. Particularly preferred.
- the aromatic hydrocarbon ring in the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group may be a single ring or a condensed ring.
- Examples of the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group include a benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, phenanthrene ring, perylene ring, tetracene ring, pyrene ring, benzpyrene ring, chrysene ring having two free valences, Examples include a triphenylene ring, an acenaphthene ring, a fluoranthene ring, a fluorene ring, and the like.
- the aromatic heterocyclic ring in the divalent aromatic heterocyclic group may be a single ring or a condensed ring.
- the divalent aromatic heterocyclic group include a furan ring, a benzofuran ring, a thiophene ring, a benzothiophene ring, a pyrrole ring, a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring, an oxadiazole ring, and an indole having two free valences.
- Examples include pyrazine ring, pyridazine ring, pyrimidine ring, triazine ring, quinoline ring, isoquinoline ring, sinoline ring, quinoxaline ring, phenanthridine ring, benzimidazole ring, perimidine ring, quinazoline ring, quinazolinone ring, and azulene ring.
- a benzene or naphthalene ring having two free valences is preferable, and a benzene ring having two free valences is more preferable.
- Examples of the substituent that the divalent aromatic ring group may have include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a halogen atom (—F, —Cl, —Br, —I), a hydroxy group, a carboxyl group, and the like. . Among these, unsubstituted is preferable from the viewpoint of curability.
- R a7 is preferably an alkylene group which may have a substituent, more preferably an unsubstituted alkylene group, and an ethylene group. More preferably it is.
- (L and m) each independently represents an integer of 0 to 12. From the viewpoint of developability, it is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 2 or more, and from the viewpoint of curability, it is preferably 8 or less, more preferably 6 or less, and 4 or less. Is more preferable, and 2 or less is particularly preferable. On the other hand, it is preferably 0 from the viewpoint of reducing the outgas generation amount.
- n represents an integer of 1 or more.
- n is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 3 or more, further preferably 4 or more, particularly preferably 5 or more, and preferably 6 or less.
- Examples of (A1) an ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group include polyvalent hydroxy compounds such as aliphatic polyhydroxy compounds and aromatic polyhydroxy compounds, and unsaturated carboxylic acids and polybasic carboxylic acids.
- the ester obtained by esterification reaction is mentioned, and it is not necessarily a single substance, but representative examples include condensates of acrylic acid, phthalic acid, and pentaerythritol, acrylic acid, succinic acid, and pentaerythritol. And the condensates of acrylic acid, succinic acid and dipentaerythritol.
- the content ratio of the (A1) ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group may be 30% by mass or less in the total solid content. Although not particularly limited, it is preferably 27% by mass or less, more preferably 25% by mass or less, further preferably 22% by mass or less, still more preferably 20% by mass or less, particularly preferably 15% by mass or less, and 1% by mass. % Or more, preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more.
- the amount is not more than the above upper limit value, the outgas generation amount tends to be reduced, and when it is not less than the above lower limit value, the suitability for inkjet coating tends to be improved.
- the content ratio of the (A1) ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group in the ethylenically unsaturated compound is not particularly limited, but is preferably 50% by mass or less, more preferably 45% by mass or less, and 40% by mass. % Or less is more preferable, 35% by mass or less is more preferable, 30% by mass or less is particularly preferable, 1% by mass or more is preferable, 10% by mass or more is more preferable, and 25% by mass or more is more preferable.
- the amount is not more than the above upper limit value, the outgas generation amount tends to be reduced, and when it is not less than the above lower limit value, the suitability for inkjet coating tends to be improved.
- the (A) ethylenically unsaturated compound in the photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition wall of the present invention according to the second aspect is (A1) other than (A1) an ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group. You may contain the ethylenically unsaturated compound which does not have an acid group.
- the (A2) ethylenically unsaturated compound having no acid group refers to a compound other than the (A1) ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group among the (A) ethylenically unsaturated compounds.
- (A2) By containing an ethylenically unsaturated compound having no acid group the curability is improved, the minimum exposure necessary for producing liquid repellency is reduced, and the outgas generation amount is reduced. Tend.
- the number of ethylenically unsaturated bonds in one molecule of the ethylenically unsaturated compound having no acid group is not particularly limited as long as it is 1 or more, but is polymerizable, crosslinkable, and the exposed portion accompanying it Is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 3 or more, still more preferably 4 or more, from the viewpoint that the difference in developer solubility between the unexposed portion and the developer can be expanded. More preferably, it is more preferably 6 or more, and usually 15 or less, preferably 12 or less, more preferably 10 or less, more preferably 8 or less. More preferably. When the amount is not less than the lower limit, the polymerizability is improved and the sensitivity becomes high, and the amount of outgas generation tends to decrease as the curability increases. Tend to be.
- the molecular weight of the ethylenically unsaturated compound having no acid group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 200 or more, more preferably 250 or more, further preferably 300 or more, and preferably 1,000 or less, 800 or less. Is more preferable, and 600 or less is more preferable.
- An ethylenically unsaturated compound having no acid group is (meth) acryloyl from the viewpoints of polymerizability, crosslinkability, and expansion of the difference in developer solubility between exposed and non-exposed areas.
- a compound having an oxy group, that is, a (meth) acrylate compound is preferable.
- Specific examples of the ethylenically unsaturated compound having no acid group include esters of aliphatic polyhydroxy compounds and unsaturated carboxylic acids; esters of aromatic polyhydroxy compounds and unsaturated carboxylic acids, and the like. It is done.
- ester of the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound and the unsaturated carboxylic acid examples include ethylene glycol diacrylate, triethylene glycol diacrylate, trimethylolpropane triacrylate, trimethylolethane triacrylate, pentaerythritol diacrylate, pentaerythritol triacrylate, Acrylic acid esters of aliphatic polyhydroxy compounds such as pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate, dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate, dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, glycerol acrylate, etc.
- itaconic acid ester replaced by itaconate
- ester of an aromatic polyhydroxy compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid examples include acrylic acid esters and methacrylic acid esters of aromatic polyhydroxy compounds such as hydroquinone diacrylate, hydroquinone dimethacrylate, resorcin diacrylate, resorcin dimethacrylate, pyrogallol triacrylate and the like. Etc.
- urethane (meth) acrylates obtained by reacting a polyisocyanate compound with a hydroxyl group-containing (meth) acrylic acid ester or a polyisocyanate compound with a polyol and a hydroxyl group-containing (meth) acrylic acid ester; a polyvalent epoxy compound Acrylates such as addition reaction product of styrene and hydroxy (meth) acrylate or (meth) acrylic acid; acrylamides such as ethylene bisacrylamide; allyl esters such as diallyl phthalate; vinyl group-containing compounds such as divinyl phthalate Is useful.
- urethane (meth) acrylates examples include DPHA-40H, UX-5000, UX-5002D-P20, UX-5003, UX-5005 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), U-2PPA, U-6LPA, U -10PA, U-33H, UA-53H, UA-32P, UA-1100H (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA-510H, UF-8001G (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), UV-1700B , UV-7600B, UV-7605B, UV-7630B, UV7640B (manufactured by Nippon Synthetic Chemical).
- ester (meth) acrylates or urethane (meth) acrylates as the ethylenically unsaturated compound having no acid group (A2), and dipentaerythritol hexa
- (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, or pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- the content ratio of the (A2) ethylenically unsaturated compound having no acid group is not particularly limited. 50 mass% or less is preferable, 45 mass% or less is more preferable, 40 mass% or less is more preferable, 20 mass% or more is preferable, 25 mass% or more is more preferable, 30 mass% or more is further more preferable, 35 A mass% or more is particularly preferred.
- the content ratio of the (A) ethylenically unsaturated compound (A2) having no acid group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 90% by mass or less, more preferably 80% by mass or less, 75 mass% or less is further more preferable, 50 mass% or more is preferable, 55 mass% or more is more preferable, 60 mass% or more is further more preferable, 65 mass% or more is further more preferable, 70 mass% or more is especially preferable.
- the upper limit or less there is a tendency that the ink jet coating suitability is improved, and by setting the upper limit value or more, the outgas generation amount tends to be reduced.
- the photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition of the present invention contains (B) a photopolymerization initiator.
- a photoinitiator will not be specifically limited if it is a compound which superposes
- the (B) photopolymerization initiator a photopolymerization initiator usually used in this field can be used.
- photopolymerization initiators include hexaarylbiimidazole photopolymerization initiators, acylphosphine oxide photopolymerization initiators, oxime photopolymerization initiators, acetophenone photopolymerization initiators, and benzophenone photopolymerization initiators.
- hydroxybenzene photopolymerization initiator hydroxybenzene photopolymerization initiator, thioxanthone photopolymerization initiator, anthraquinone photopolymerization initiator, ketal photopolymerization initiator, titanocene photopolymerization initiator, halogenated hydrocarbon derivative photopolymerization initiator, organic Boronate photopolymerization initiator, onium salt photopolymerization initiator, sulfone compound photopolymerization initiator, carbamic acid derivative photopolymerization initiator, sulfonamide photopolymerization initiator, triarylmethanol photopolymerization initiator Is mentioned.
- the hexaarylbiimidazole-based photopolymerization initiator is represented by the following general formula (1-1) and / or the following general formula (1-2) from the viewpoint of absorbance and sensitivity and matching properties with the absorption wavelength of the ultraviolet absorber.
- Preferred are hexaarylbiimidazole compounds.
- R 11 to R 13 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a halogen atom M, n and l each independently represents an integer of 0 to 5;
- the carbon number of the alkyl group of R 11 to R 13 is not particularly limited as long as it is within the range of 1 to 4, but is preferably 3 or less, more preferably 2 or less, from the viewpoint of sensitivity.
- the alkyl group may be linear or cyclic. Specific examples of the alkyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, and an isopropyl group. Among them, a methyl group and an ethyl group are preferable.
- a monovalent non-metallic atomic group other than hydrogen is used. Preferred examples include halogen atoms (— F, —Br, —Cl, —I), a hydroxy group, and an alkoxy group.
- the number of carbon atoms of the alkoxy group of R 11 to R 13 is not particularly limited as long as it is within the range of 1 to 4, but is preferably 3 or less, more preferably 2 or less from the viewpoint of sensitivity.
- the alkyl group part of the alkoxy group may be a chain or a ring. Specific examples of the alkoxy group include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, an isopropyloxy group, and a butoxy group, and among them, a methoxy group and an ethoxy group are preferable.
- Examples of the substituent that the alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms of R 11 to R 13 may have include an alkyl group and an alkoxy group, and an alkyl group is preferable.
- halogen atom of R 11 to R 13 examples include a chlorine atom, an iodine atom, a bromine atom, and a fluorine atom.
- a chlorine atom or a fluorine atom is preferable, and a chlorine atom is more preferable.
- R 11 to R 13 are preferably each independently a halogen atom, more preferably a chlorine atom, from the viewpoints of sensitivity and ease of synthesis.
- n, n and l each independently represent an integer of 0 to 5, but from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis, at least one of m, n and l is preferably an integer of 1 or more, and m, n and l More preferably, one of them is 1 and the other two are 0.
- Examples of the hexaarylbiimidazole compound represented by the general formula (1-1) and / or the general formula (1-2) include 2,2′-bis (o-chlorophenyl) -4,5,4 ′. , 5′-tetraphenylbiimidazole, 2,2′-bis (o-methylphenyl) -4,5,4 ′, 5′-tetraphenylbiimidazole, 2,2′-bis (o-chlorophenyl) -4 , 4 ′, 5,5′-tetra (o, p-dichlorophenyl) biimidazole, 2,2′-bis (o, p-dichlorophenyl) -4,4 ′, 5,5′-tetra (o, p- Dichlorophenyl) biimidazole, 2,2′-bis (o-chlorophenyl) -4,4 ′, 5,5′-tetra (p-fluorophenyl)
- hexaphenylbiimidazole compounds are preferable, and those in which the o-position of the benzene ring bonded to the 2,2′-position on the imidazole ring is substituted with a methyl group, a methoxy group, or a halogen atom are more preferable.
- a benzene ring bonded to the 4,4 ′, 5,5′-position on the imidazole ring is preferably unsubstituted or substituted with a halogen atom or a methoxy group.
- a photopolymerization initiator either a hexaarylbiimidazole compound represented by general formula (1-1) or a hexaarylbiimidazole compound represented by general formula (1-2) is used. Alternatively, both may be used in combination. When used in combination, the ratio is not particularly limited. Note that b-1 used in the examples has a structure satisfying the general formula (1-1).
- acylphosphine oxide photopolymerization initiator 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyldiphenylphosphine oxide, bis (2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl) phenylphosphine oxide and the like can be mentioned as preferable ones. .
- Examples of the oxime-based photopolymerization initiator include Japanese National Publication No. 2004-534797, Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2000-80068, Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2006-36750, Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2008-179611, Japan.
- Examples thereof include oxime ester compounds described in Japanese National Table 2012-526185, Japanese National Table 2012-519191, and the like.
- acetophenone photopolymerization initiator examples include 2,2-diethoxyacetophenone, 2,2-dimethoxy-2-phenylacetophenone, 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone, and 1-hydroxy-1- (p-dodecylphenyl) ketone.
- benzophenone photopolymerization initiator examples include benzophenone, 2-methylbenzophenone, 3-methylbenzophenone, 4-methylbenzophenone, 2-carboxybenzophenone, 2-chlorobenzophenone, 4-bromobenzophenone, Michler's ketone, and the like.
- hydroxybenzene photopolymerization initiator examples include 2-hydroxy-4-n-octoxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-benzylbenzophenone, 2- (2-hydroxy-5-methylphenyl) benzotriazole, 4- Examples include di-tert-butylphenyl-3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzoate.
- thioxanthone photopolymerization initiator examples include thioxanthone, 2-ethylthioxanthone, 2-isopropylthioxanthone, 2,4-dimethylthioxanthone, 2,4-diethylthioxanthone, 2,4-diisopropylthioxanthone, 2-chlorothioxanthone, and the like. Can be mentioned.
- Examples of the anthraquinone photopolymerization initiator include 2-methylanthraquinone, and examples of the ketal photopolymerization initiator include benzyldimethyl ketal.
- titanocene photopolymerization initiators include dicyclopentadienyl titanium dichloride, dicyclopentadienyl titanium bisphenyl, dicyclopentadienyl titanium bis (2,4-difluorophenyl), and dicyclopentadienyl titanium.
- titanium compounds having a dicyclopentadienyl structure and a bisphenyl structure are preferable, and those in which the o-position of the bisphenyl ring is substituted with a halogen atom are particularly preferable.
- Halogenated hydrocarbon derivative-based photopolymerization initiators include halomethylated s-triazine derivatives such as 2,4,6-tris (monochloromethyl) -s-triazine, 2,4,6-tris ( Dichloromethyl) -s-triazine, 2,4,6-tris (trichloromethyl) -s-triazine, 2-methyl-4,6-bis (trichloromethyl) -s-triazine, 2-n-propyl-4, 6-bis (trichloromethyl) -s-triazine, 2- ( ⁇ , ⁇ , ⁇ -trichloroethyl) -4,6-bis (trichloromethyl) -s-triazine, 2-phenyl-4,6-bis (trichloro Methyl) -s-triazine, 2- (p-methoxyphenyl) -4,6-bis (trichloromethyl) -s-triazine, 2- (3,4-e
- organic boronate photopolymerization initiator examples include organic boron ammonium complexes, organic boron phosphonium complexes, organic boron sulfonium complexes, organic boron oxosulfonium complexes, organic boron iodonium complexes, and organic boron transition metal coordination complexes.
- organic boron anion examples include n-butyl-triphenyl boron anion, n-butyl-tris (2,4,6-trimethylphenyl) boron anion, and n-butyl-tris (p-methoxyphenyl) boron.
- n-butyl-tris p-fluorophenyl boron anion, n-butyl-tris (m-fluorophenyl) boron anion, n-butyl-tris (3-fluoro-4-methylphenyl) boron anion, n- Butyl-tris (2,6-difluorophenyl) boron anion, n-butyl Ru-tris (2,4,6-trifluorophenyl) boron anion, n-butyl-tris (2,3,4,5,6-pentafluorophenyl) boron anion, n-butyl-tris (p-chlorophenyl) Alkyl-triphenyl boron anions such as boron anion and n-butyl-tris (2,6-difluoro-3-pyrrolylphenyl) boron anion are preferred from the viewpoint of sensitivity, and the counter
- onium compounds such as sulfonium cation and iodonium cation are preferable from the viewpoint of sensitivity, and organic ammonium cations such as tetraalkylammonium are particularly preferable from the viewpoint of sensitivity.
- onium salt photopolymerization initiators include ammonium salts such as tetramethylammonium bromide and tetraethylammonium bromide, diphenyliodonium hexafluoroarsenate, diphenyliodonium tetrafluoroborate, diphenyliodonium p-toluenesulfonate, diphenyliodonium camphorsulfonate, Iodonium salts such as dicyclohexyliodonium hexafluoroarsenate, dicyclohexyliodonium tetrafluoroborate, dicyclohexyliodonium p-toluenesulfonate, dicyclohexyliodonium camphorsulfonate, triphenylsulfonium hexafluoroarsenate, triphenylsulfonium tetrafluoroborate, tripheny
- sulfone compound photopolymerization initiator examples include bis (phenylsulfonyl) methane, bis (p-hydroxyphenylsulfonyl) methane, bis (p-methoxyphenylsulfonyl) methane, bis ( ⁇ -naphthylsulfonyl) methane, bis ( ⁇ -naphthylsulfonyl) methane, bis (cyclohexylsulfonyl) methane, bis (tert-butylsulfonyl) methane, bis (sulfonyl) methane compounds such as phenylsulfonyl (cyclohexylsulfonyl) methane, phenylcarbonyl (phenylsulfonyl) methane, naphthylcarbonyl ( Phenylsulfonyl) methane, phenylcarbonyl (na
- carbamic acid derivative-based photopolymerization initiator examples include benzoyl cyclohexyl carbamate, 2-nitrobenzyl cyclohexyl carbamate, 3,5-dimethoxybenzyl cyclohexyl carbamate, 3-nitrophenyl cyclohexyl carbamate, and the like.
- Examples of the sulfonamide photopolymerization initiator include N-cyclohexyl-4-methylphenylsulfonamide, N-cyclohexyl-2-naphthylsulfonamide, and the like.
- Examples of the triarylmethanol photopolymerization initiator include Examples thereof include triphenylmethanol and tri (4-chlorophenyl) methanol.
- photopolymerization initiators may be included alone in the photosensitive resin composition, or may be included in two or more.
- hexaarylbiimidazole compounds are particularly preferable because of their high absorbance, high surface curability, and high liquid repellency and a large taper angle.
- a content rate of (B) photoinitiator in the photosensitive resin composition of this invention it is 0.01 mass% or more normally with respect to the total solid of the photosensitive resin composition, Preferably it is 0.1 mass. % Or more, more preferably 0.5% by weight or more, further preferably 1% by weight or more, particularly preferably 1.5% by weight or more, and usually 25% by weight or less, preferably 10% by weight or less, more preferably 8% by weight. It is at most 5% by mass, more preferably at most 5% by mass, particularly preferably at most 3% by mass.
- the amount is not less than the lower limit, a film is not formed during development and a coating film is formed, and sufficient liquid repellency tends to occur.
- the amount is not more than the upper limit, a desired pattern shape is formed. It tends to be easy to do.
- a sensitizer may be used in combination with (B) a photopolymerization initiator. Sensitivity is improved by the sensitizer, and at the same time, the light transmittance to the inside of the photosensitive resin composition is decreased, so that the taper angle tends to be increased.
- the sensitizer a sensitizer usually used in this field can be used.
- the sensitizer is characterized in that the energy obtained by absorption is transferred to the photopolymerization initiator, or electrons are exchanged with the photopolymerization initiator to efficiently promote the reaction radical polymerization reaction.
- sensitizers include unsaturated ketones represented by chalcone derivatives and dibenzalacetone, 1,2-diketone compounds represented by benzyl and camphorquinone, benzoin compounds, fluorenes, and the like.
- unsaturated ketones represented by chalcone derivatives and dibenzalacetone
- 1,2-diketone compounds represented by benzyl and camphorquinone
- benzoin compounds fluorenes, and the like.
- Polymethine dyes acridine compounds, azine compounds, thiazine compounds, oxazine compounds, indoline compounds, azulene compounds, azurenium compounds, squarylium compounds, porphyrin compounds, tetraphenylporphyrin compounds Products, triarylmethane compounds, tetrabenzoporphyrin compounds, tetrapyrazinoporphyrazine compounds, phthalocyanine compounds, tetraazaporphyrazine compounds, tetraquinoxalyloporphyrazine compounds, naphthalocyanine compounds, subphthalocyanine compounds Examples thereof include compounds, pyrylium compounds, thiopyrylium compounds, tetraphyrin compounds, annulene compounds, spiropyran compounds, spirooxazine compounds, thiospiropyran compounds, metal arene complexes, organic ruthenium complexes, and benzophenone compounds. These may
- thioxanthone compounds and benzophenone compounds are preferable from the viewpoint of improving sensitivity and increasing the taper angle.
- thioxanthone compounds include thioxanthone, 2-methylthioxanthone, 4-methylthioxanthone, 2,4-dimethylthioxanthone, 2-ethylthioxanthone, 4-ethylthioxanthone, 2,4-diethylthioxanthone, 2-isopropylthioxanthone, 4-isopropyl Examples include thioxanthone, 2,4-diisopropylthioxanthone, 2-chlorothioxanthone, 4-chlorothioxanthone, 2,4-dichlorothioxanthone, and the like. Among these, 2,4-diethylthioxanthone is preferable from the viewpoint of improving sensitivity and increasing the taper angle.
- benzophenone compounds examples include benzophenone, 4,4'-bis (dimethylamino) benzophenone, 4,4'-bis (diethylamino) benzophenone, 4,4'-bis (ethylmethylamino) benzophenone, and the like.
- 4,4'-bis (diethylamino) benzophenone is preferable from the viewpoint of improving sensitivity and increasing the taper angle.
- the content of the sensitizer in the photosensitive resin composition is usually 0.1% by mass or more, preferably 0.3% by mass or more, more preferably 0.00% by mass, based on the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition. 5% by mass or more, more preferably 0.8% by mass or more, still more preferably 1% by mass or more, particularly preferably 1.2% by mass or more, and usually 10% by mass or less, preferably 7% by mass or less. More preferably, it is 5 mass% or less, More preferably, it is 3 mass% or less.
- the value is not less than the lower limit value, the sensitivity tends to be improved and the taper angle tends to be increased.
- the value is not more than the upper limit value, a desired pattern tends to be easily formed.
- [1-1-3] Component (E); Chain Transfer Agent The photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition according to the first aspect of the present invention contains (E) a chain transfer agent.
- (E) Inclusion of a chain transfer agent tends to increase the taper angle by improving radical deactivation in the vicinity of the surface due to oxygen inhibition or the like and enhancing surface curability.
- the outflow of the liquid repellent can be suppressed by increasing the surface curability, and the contact angle tends to be easily fixed near the surface.
- a chain transfer agent is not essential, but from the viewpoint of increasing the taper angle, (E) chain transfer is performed. It is preferable that an agent is included.
- Examples of the chain transfer agent include mercapto group-containing compounds and carbon tetrachloride, and it is more preferable to use a mercapto group-containing compound because the chain transfer effect tends to be high. Since the mercapto group-containing compound has a low SH bond energy, bond cleavage is likely to occur and a chain transfer reaction is liable to occur, so that the surface curability tends to be improved.
- (E) chain transfer agents a mercapto group-containing compound having an aromatic ring and an aliphatic mercapto group-containing compound are preferred from the viewpoint of taper angle and surface curability.
- a compound represented by the following general formula (1-3) is preferably used from the viewpoint of taper angle.
- Z represents —O—, —S—, or —NH—
- R 61 , R 62 , R 63 , and R 64 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent.
- Z is preferably —S— or —NH—, more preferably —NH—.
- R 61 , R 62 , R 63 and R 64 are each independently preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, More preferred.
- mercapto group-containing compounds having an aromatic ring such as 1,4-dimethylmercaptobenzene, and 2-mercaptobenzothiazole and 2-mercaptobenzimidazole are preferable from the viewpoint of taper angle.
- aliphatic mercapto group-containing compound hexanedithiol, decanedithiol, or a compound represented by the following general formula (1-4) is preferably used from the viewpoint of surface curability.
- m represents an integer of 0 to 4
- n represents an integer of 2 to 4.
- R 71 and R 72 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
- X represents an n-valent group.
- m is preferably 1 or 2 from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis.
- n is preferably 3 or 4, and more preferably 4.
- the alkyl group of R 71 and R 72 is preferably one having 1 to 3 carbon atoms from the viewpoint of surface curability.
- at least one of R 71 and R 72 , for example, R 72 is preferably a hydrogen atom.
- R 71 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. Preferably there is.
- X is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may have an ether bond and / or a branched portion. From the viewpoint of surface curability and ease of synthesis, an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkylene group having 4 carbon atoms is more preferable.
- X is preferably a structure represented by the following general formula (1-5) or (1-6) from the viewpoint of surface curability and ease of synthesis.
- R 73 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or a methylol group.
- R 73 an ethyl group is preferable from the viewpoint of a taper angle.
- R 74 represents an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
- R 74 an ethylene group is preferable from the viewpoint of a taper angle.
- X is preferably a structure represented by the following general formula (1-7).
- trimethylolpropane tris (3-mercaptopropionate), pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptopropionate), pentaerythritol tris (3-mercaptopropionate), trimethylolpropane tris (3-mercaptobutyrate) ), Pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptobutyrate), pentaerythritol tris (3-mercaptobutyrate), 1,3,5-tris (3-mercaptobutyloxyethyl) -1,3,5-triazine-2, 4,6 (1H, 3H, 5H) -trione is preferable, and pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptopropionate) and pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptobutyrate) are more preferable.
- a combination of one or more selected from the group consisting of 2-mercaptobenzothiazole, 2-mercaptobenzoimidazole, and 2-mercaptobenzoxazole, and a photopolymerization initiator it is preferred to use it as a photopolymerization initiator system.
- 2-mercaptobenzothiazole may be used, 2-mercaptobenzoimidazole may be used, or 2-mercaptobenzothiazole and 2-mercaptobenzimidazole may be used in combination.
- a mercapto group-containing compound having an aromatic ring and an aliphatic mercapto group-containing compound in combination from the viewpoint of increasing the taper angle even for a partition wall having a narrow line width. This is because, in order to form a partition with a narrow line width, the illuminance per unit area is reduced by diffraction at the time of exposure by using a mask with a narrow opening, and oxygen inhibition is less than that when the line width is large. This is because the surface curability tends to be low.
- a hexaarylbiimidazole photopolymerization initiator is used as the photopolymerization initiator (B)
- a mercapto group-containing compound having an aromatic ring and an aliphatic mercapto group-containing compound are used in combination. Is preferred.
- an acetophenone photopolymerization initiator is used, there is a tendency that a sufficient effect can be obtained even if an aliphatic mercapto group-containing compound is used alone.
- the content ratio of the chain transfer agent (E) in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is usually 0.01% by mass or more, preferably 0.025% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition. % Or more, more preferably 0.05% by weight or more, further preferably 0.1% by weight or more, particularly preferably 1% by weight or more, and usually 5% by weight or less, preferably 4% by weight or less, more preferably 3%. It is below mass%. When it is at least the lower limit value, the taper angle tends to be large and the surface curability tends to be high, and when it is at most the upper limit value, a desired pattern tends to be easily formed.
- the content ratio includes a mercapto group having an aromatic ring.
- the amount of the aliphatic mercapto group-containing compound is usually 10 parts by mass or more, preferably 50 parts by mass or more, more preferably 80 parts by mass or more, and usually 400 parts by mass or less, preferably 300 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the compound. Part or less, more preferably 200 parts by weight or less, and still more preferably 150 parts by weight or less.
- the taper angle tends to increase, and when it is at most the upper limit, surface curability tends to be high and the contact angle tends to be high.
- (E) chain transfer agent with respect to 100 parts by mass of (B) photopolymerization initiator. 10 parts by mass or more is preferable, 25 parts by mass or more is more preferable, 50 parts by mass or more is further preferable, 80 parts by mass or more is particularly preferable, 500 parts by mass or less is preferable, 400 parts by mass or less is more preferable, and 300 parts by mass. Part or less is more preferable, 200 parts by weight or less is more preferable, and 150 parts by weight or less is particularly preferable.
- the taper angle tends to be large and the surface curability tends to be high, and when it is at most the upper limit value, a desired pattern tends to be easily formed.
- Component (C): Alkali-soluble resin The photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition of the present invention contains (C) an alkali-soluble resin.
- the (C) alkali-soluble resin is not particularly limited as long as it can be developed with a developer.
- an alkali developer is preferable as the developer, and therefore (C) an alkali-soluble resin is used in the present invention. .
- Examples of the alkali-soluble resin include various resins containing a carboxyl group or a hydroxyl group. Among them, it is preferable to have a carboxyl group, because it can obtain a partition wall with an appropriate taper angle, and can suppress the outflow of the liquid repellent due to thermal melting of the partition wall surface during post-baking and can maintain liquid repellency. It is more preferable to have a group.
- the alkali-soluble resin is an alkali-soluble resin (c) having a partial structure represented by the following general formula (1): ) (Hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as “resin (c)”).
- resin (c) is also what has an ethylenically unsaturated group similarly to (C) alkali-soluble resin.
- thermosetting at the time of forming a partition by using the alkali-soluble resin having the partial structure represented by the general formula (1) that is, the partial structure having an acid component having a short carbon number and being easily pyrolyzed. Since most of the acid component is sometimes removed as a gas, it is considered that the amount of outgas generated when driving the organic electroluminescence device is small and the reliability is improved.
- R 1 represents a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. * Represents a bond.
- R 1 represents a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
- Examples of the divalent hydrocarbon group include an alkylene group and an alkenylene group.
- the alkylene group may be linear or branched, but is preferably linear from the viewpoint of development solubility.
- the alkylene group preferably has 2 or more carbon atoms, and preferably 3 or less. When the amount is not less than the lower limit, the remaining film ratio tends to be high, and when the amount is not more than the upper limit, the amount of outgas generated during light emission of the element tends to be reduced.
- alkylene group examples include a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, and a butylene group. From the viewpoint of reducing the outgas generation amount, a methylene group or an ethylene group is preferable, and an ethylene group is more preferable.
- the alkenylene group may be linear or branched, but is preferably linear from the viewpoint of development solubility.
- the number of carbon atoms of the alkenylene group is preferably 2 or more, and more preferably 3 or less. When the amount is not less than the lower limit, the remaining film ratio tends to be high, and when the amount is not more than the upper limit, the amount of outgas generated during light emission of the element tends to be reduced.
- alkenylene group examples include an ethenylene group, a propenylene group, and a butyleneylene group, and the ethenylene group is preferable from the viewpoint of reducing the outgas generation amount.
- the substituent that the divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms may have is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, a benzoyl group, a hydroxyl group, and the like. Therefore, it is preferably unsubstituted.
- R 1 is preferably a divalent alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably a methylene group or an ethylene group, and further preferably an ethylene group. preferable.
- the alkali-soluble resin (c) is not particularly limited as long as it has a partial structure represented by the general formula (1). From the viewpoint of development solubility, (c1) epoxy ( It is preferable to contain (meth) acrylate resin and / or (c2) acrylic copolymer resin, and it is more preferable to contain (c1) epoxy (meth) acrylate resin from the viewpoint of reducing outgas generation amount.
- the (c1) epoxy (meth) acrylate resin is described in detail below.
- the epoxy (meth) acrylate resin is a resin obtained by adding an acid or ester compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond to an epoxy resin and further adding a polybasic acid or an anhydride thereof. For example, by ring-opening addition of a carboxyl group of an unsaturated monocarboxylic acid to an epoxy group of an epoxy resin, an ethylenically unsaturated bond is added to the epoxy resin via an ester bond (—COO—). The thing which one carboxy group of the polybasic acid or its anhydride was added to the hydroxyl group produced in that case is mentioned.
- the (c1) epoxy (meth) acrylate resin has substantially no epoxy group in terms of chemical structure and is not limited to “(meth) acrylate”, but an epoxy compound (epoxy resin) Is a raw material, and “(meth) acrylate” is a representative example, and is thus named according to common usage.
- the epoxy resin includes a raw material compound before the resin is formed by thermosetting, and the epoxy resin can be appropriately selected from known epoxy resins. Moreover, the epoxy resin can use the compound obtained by making a phenolic compound and epihalohydrin react.
- the phenolic compound is preferably a compound having a divalent or divalent or higher phenolic hydroxyl group, and may be a monomer or a polymer.
- bisphenol A type epoxy resin bisphenol F type epoxy resin, bisphenol S type epoxy resin, phenol novolac epoxy resin, cresol novolac epoxy resin, biphenyl novolac epoxy resin, trisphenol epoxy resin, phenol and dicyclopentane
- Polymerized epoxy resin dihydroxyoxyfluorene type epoxy resin, dihydroxyalkyleneoxyl fluorene type epoxy resin, diglycidyl etherified product of 9,9-bis (4′-hydroxyphenyl) fluorene, 1,1-bis (4 '-Hydroxyphenyl) adamantane diglycidyl ether and the like, and those having an aromatic ring in the main chain as described above can be suitably used.
- the diglycidyl etherified product is preferably bisphenol A type epoxy resin.
- the acid having an ethylenically unsaturated bond is preferably an ethylenically unsaturated monocarboxylic acid, such as (meth) acrylic acid, crotonic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, citraconic acid, and pentaerythritol tri (meth).
- an ethylenically unsaturated monocarboxylic acid such as (meth) acrylic acid, crotonic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, citraconic acid, and pentaerythritol tri (meth).
- polybasic acid or its anhydride examples include succinic acid, maleic acid, itaconic acid, phthalic acid, tetrahydrophthalic acid, 3-methyltetrahydrophthalic acid, 4-methyltetrahydrophthalic acid, 3-ethyltetrahydrophthalic acid, 4 -Ethyltetrahydrophthalic acid, hexahydrophthalic acid, 3-methylhexahydrophthalic acid, 4-methylhexahydrophthalic acid, 3-ethylhexahydrophthalic acid, 4-ethylhexahydrophthalic acid, trimellitic acid, pyromellitic acid , Benzophenone tetracarboxylic acid, biphenyl tetracarboxylic acid, and anhydrides thereof.
- succinic anhydride succinic anhydride, maleic anhydride and itaconic anhydride are preferable, and succinic anhydride is more preferable.
- the molecular weight of the (c1) epoxy (meth) acrylate resin can be increased by using a polyhydric alcohol, and branching can be introduced into the molecule. And tend to be able to balance viscosity.
- the rate of introduction of acid groups into the molecule can be increased, and there is a tendency that balance of sensitivity, adhesion, etc. is easily obtained.
- polyhydric alcohol examples include one or more polyhydric alcohols selected from trimethylolpropane, ditrimethylolpropane, pentaerythritol, dipentaerythritol, trimethylolethane, and 1,2,3-propanetriol. It is preferable that one or more polyhydric alcohols selected from trimethylolpropane, ditrimethylolpropane, pentaerythritol, dipentaerythritol, trimethylolethane, and 1,2,3-propanetriol. It is preferable that
- the acid value of the epoxy (meth) acrylate resin is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10 mgKOH / g or more, more preferably 20 mgKOH / g or more, still more preferably 40 mgKOH / g or more, and even more preferably 60 mgKOH / g or more, 80 mgKOH / g or more is particularly preferred, 200 mgKOH / g or less is preferred, 180 mgKOH / g or less is more preferred, 150 mgKOH / g or less is more preferred, 120 mgKOH / g or less is even more preferred, and 100 mgKOH / g or less is particularly preferred. Residues are reduced and the taper angle tends to be increased by setting the amount to the lower limit value or more, and the outgas generation amount at the time of device light emission tends to be reduced by setting the upper limit value or less.
- the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the epoxy (meth) acrylate resin is not particularly limited, but is usually 1,000 or more, preferably 2,000 or more, more preferably 3,000 or more, and further preferably 4,000 or more. More preferably, it is 5,000 or more, particularly preferably 6,000 or more, most preferably 7,000 or more, and usually 30,000 or less, preferably 20,000 or less, more preferably 15,000 or less. More preferably, it is 10,000 or less. When the amount is not less than the lower limit, the amount of outgas generated during light emission tends to be reduced, and when the amount is not more than the upper limit, the residue tends to be reduced.
- the content ratio of the (c1) epoxy (meth) acrylate resin contained in the alkali-soluble resin is not particularly limited, but is preferably 30% by mass or more, more preferably 50% by mass or more, and further preferably 70% by mass or more, 80 mass% or more is still more preferable, 90 mass% or more is especially preferable, and it is 100 mass% or less normally. There exists a tendency for the outgas generation amount to reduce by setting it as the said lower limit or more.
- the epoxy (meth) acrylate resin can be synthesized by a conventionally known method. Specifically, the epoxy resin is dissolved in an organic solvent, and in the presence of a catalyst and a thermal polymerization inhibitor, the acid or ester compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond is added to cause addition reaction, and further a polybasic acid or its A method of continuing the reaction by adding an anhydride can be used.
- examples of the organic solvent used in the reaction include one or more organic solvents such as methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, diethylene glycol ethyl ether acetate, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate.
- Examples of the catalyst include tertiary amines such as triethylamine, benzyldimethylamine, and tribenzylamine, and tertiary amines such as tetramethylammonium chloride, methyltriethylammonium chloride, tetraethylammonium chloride, tetrabutylammonium chloride, and trimethylbenzylammonium chloride.
- One kind or two or more kinds of quaternary ammonium salts, phosphorus compounds such as triphenylphosphine, and stibins such as triphenylstibine are included.
- examples of the thermal polymerization inhibitor include one or more of hydroquinone, hydroquinone monomethyl ether, methyl hydroquinone and the like.
- the acid or ester compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond is usually 0.7 to 1.3 chemical equivalents, preferably 0.9 to 1.1 chemical equivalents, relative to one chemical equivalent of the epoxy group of the epoxy resin.
- the amount can be.
- the temperature during the addition reaction is usually 60 to 150 ° C., preferably 80 to 120 ° C.
- the polybasic acid or its anhydride is used in an amount of usually 0.1 to 1.2 chemical equivalents, preferably 0.2 to 1.1, based on 1 chemical equivalent of the hydroxyl group generated in the addition reaction.
- the amount can be a chemical equivalent.
- the epoxy (meth) acrylate resin may include a partial structure other than the partial structure represented by the general formula (1), and from the viewpoint of reducing the amount of outgas generated during device light emission, the following formula:
- An epoxy (meth) acrylate resin containing a repeating unit structure represented by (i) an epoxy (meth) acrylate resin containing a partial structure represented by the following formula (ii), and a moiety represented by the following formula (iii)
- the epoxy (meth) acrylate resin is an epoxy (meth) acrylate resin (c1-1) containing a repeating unit represented by the following formula (i) from the viewpoint of reducing the outgas generation amount at the time of device light emission. Is preferred. One reason is that it has a rigid main skeleton and is difficult to decompose against heat.
- R a represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
- R b represents a divalent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent.
- the benzene ring in formula (i) may be further substituted with an arbitrary substituent. * Represents a bond.
- R b represents a divalent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent.
- the divalent hydrocarbon group include a divalent aliphatic group, a divalent aromatic ring group, a group in which one or more divalent aliphatic groups are linked to one or more divalent aromatic ring groups. Can be mentioned.
- Examples of the divalent aliphatic group include linear, branched, and cyclic groups. Among these, a linear one is preferable from the viewpoint of development solubility, and a cyclic one is preferable from the viewpoint of reducing penetration of the developer into the exposed portion.
- the number of carbon atoms is usually 1 or more, preferably 3 or more, more preferably 6 or more, 20 or less, more preferably 15 or less, and even more preferably 10 or less.
- divalent linear aliphatic group examples include a methylene group, an ethylene group, an n-propylene group, an n-butylene group, an n-hexylene group, and an n-heptylene group.
- a methylene group is preferable from the viewpoint of reducing residues.
- divalent branched aliphatic group examples include the above-mentioned divalent linear aliphatic group, a side chain of a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an iso-propyl group, an n-butyl group.
- the number of rings of the divalent cyclic aliphatic group is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, and usually 10 or less, preferably 5 or less. There exists a tendency for a remaining-film rate to improve by setting it as the said lower limit or more, and there exists a tendency for a residue to reduce by setting it as the said upper limit or less.
- divalent aliphatic group examples include a cyclohexane ring, a cycloheptane ring, a cyclodecane ring, a cyclododecane ring, a norbornane ring, an isobornane ring, an adamantane ring, a cyclododecane ring, and the like, by removing two hydrogen atoms.
- a group obtained by removing two hydrogen atoms from the adamantane ring is preferable from the viewpoint of development adhesion.
- Examples of the substituent that the divalent aliphatic group may have include an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms such as a methoxy group and an ethoxy group; a hydroxyl group; a nitro group; a cyano group; a carboxyl group and the like. Among these, unsubstituted is preferable from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis.
- examples of the divalent aromatic ring group include a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group and a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group.
- the number of carbon atoms is usually 4 or more, preferably 5 or more, more preferably 6 or more, 20 or less, more preferably 15 or less, and even more preferably 10 or less.
- the aromatic hydrocarbon ring in the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group may be a single ring or a condensed ring.
- Examples of the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group include a benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, phenanthrene ring, perylene ring, tetracene ring, pyrene ring, benzpyrene ring, chrysene ring having two free valences, Examples include a triphenylene ring, an acenaphthene ring, a fluoranthene ring, a fluorene ring, and the like.
- the aromatic heterocyclic ring in the aromatic heterocyclic group may be a single ring or a condensed ring.
- the divalent aromatic heterocyclic group include a furan ring, a benzofuran ring, a thiophene ring, a benzothiophene ring, a pyrrole ring, a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring, an oxadiazole ring, and an indole having two free valences.
- Examples of the substituent that the divalent aromatic ring group may have include a hydroxy group, a methyl group, a methoxy group, an ethyl group, an ethoxy group, a propyl group, and a propoxy group. Among these, unsubstituted is preferable from the viewpoint of curability.
- divalent aliphatic groups and one or more divalent aromatic ring groups are linked
- one or more of the above divalent aliphatic groups and the above divalent aromatic group are used.
- the number of divalent aliphatic groups is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, usually 10 or less, preferably 5 or less, and more preferably 3 or less.
- the number of divalent aromatic ring groups is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, usually 10 or less, preferably 5 or less, and more preferably 3 or less.
- the group in which one or more divalent aliphatic groups and one or more divalent aromatic ring groups are linked include groups represented by the following formulas (iA) to (iE), etc. Is mentioned.
- a group represented by the following formula (iA) is preferable from the viewpoint of the rigidity of the skeleton and the hydrophobicity of the film.
- the benzene ring in formula (i) may be further substituted with an arbitrary substituent.
- substituents include a hydroxy group, a methyl group, a methoxy group, an ethyl group, an ethoxy group, a propyl group, and a propoxy group.
- the number of substituents is not particularly limited, either one or two or more. Among these, unsubstituted is preferable from the viewpoint of curability.
- the repeating unit structure represented by the formula (i) is preferably a repeating unit structure represented by the following formula (i-1) from the viewpoint of development solubility.
- the repeating unit structure represented by the formula (i-1) includes a partial structure represented by the general formula (1) in the formula.
- R a and R b have the same meaning as in formula (i).
- R 1 has the same meaning as that of the formula (1). * Represents a bond.
- the benzene ring in formula (i-1) may be further substituted with an arbitrary substituent.
- the repeating unit structure represented by the formula (i-1) contained in one molecule of the epoxy (meth) acrylate resin (c1-1) may be one type or two or more types.
- the number of the repeating unit structure represented by the formula (i) contained in one molecule of the epoxy (meth) acrylate resin (c1-1) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 2 or more. 3 or more is more preferable, 10 or less is preferable, and 8 or less is more preferable.
- the number of the repeating unit structure represented by the formula (i-1) contained in one molecule of the epoxy (meth) acrylate resin (c1-1) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 2 or more. More preferably, 3 or more is more preferable, 10 or less is preferable, and 8 or less is more preferable.
- epoxy (meth) acrylate resin (c1-1) Specific examples of the epoxy (meth) acrylate resin (c1-1) are given below.
- the (c1) epoxy (meth) acrylate resin is an epoxy (meth) acrylate resin (c1-2) containing a partial structure represented by the following formula (ii) from the viewpoint of development adhesion. preferable.
- each R c independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
- R d represents a divalent hydrocarbon group having a cyclic hydrocarbon group as a side chain. * Represents a bond.
- R d represents a divalent hydrocarbon group having a cyclic hydrocarbon group as a side chain.
- the cyclic hydrocarbon group include an aliphatic ring group and an aromatic ring group.
- the number of rings that the aliphatic ring group has is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, and usually 10 or less, preferably 5 or less, and more preferably 3 or less.
- the number of carbon atoms in the aliphatic cyclic group is usually 4 or more, preferably 6 or more, more preferably 8 or more, preferably 40 or less, more preferably 30 or less, still more preferably 20 or less, and particularly preferably 15 or less. preferable.
- By setting it as the said lower limit or more there exists a tendency for image development adhesiveness to improve, and there exists a tendency for a residue to reduce by setting it as the said upper limit or less.
- aliphatic ring in the aliphatic ring group examples include a cyclohexane ring, a cycloheptane ring, a cyclodecane ring, a cyclododecane ring, a norbornane ring, an isobornane ring, an adamantane ring, and a cyclododecane ring.
- an adamantane ring is preferable from the viewpoint of development adhesion.
- the number of rings of the aromatic ring group is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, more preferably 3 or more, and usually 10 or less, preferably 5 or less, preferably 4 or less. Is more preferable.
- the amount is not less than the lower limit, the residue tends to be reduced, and when the amount is not more than the upper limit, the development adhesion tends to be improved.
- the aromatic ring group examples include an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group and an aromatic heterocyclic group.
- the number of carbon atoms in the aromatic ring group is usually 4 or more, preferably 6 or more, more preferably 8 or more, still more preferably 10 or more, particularly preferably 12 or more, and preferably 40 or less, preferably 30 or less. More preferably, it is more preferably 20 or less, and particularly preferably 15 or less.
- aromatic ring in the aromatic ring group examples include benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, phenanthrene ring, perylene ring, tetracene ring, pyrene ring, benzpyrene ring, chrysene ring, triphenylene ring, acenaphthene ring, fluoranthene ring, Examples include fluorene ring. Among these, a fluorene ring is preferable from the viewpoint of patterning characteristics.
- the divalent hydrocarbon group in the divalent hydrocarbon group having a cyclic hydrocarbon group as a side chain is not particularly limited.
- Examples of the divalent aliphatic group include linear, branched, and cyclic groups. Among these, a linear one is preferable from the viewpoint of development solubility, and a cyclic one is preferable from the viewpoint of reducing penetration of the developer into the exposed portion.
- the number of carbon atoms is usually 1 or more, preferably 3 or more, more preferably 6 or more, 25 or less, more preferably 20 or less, and even more preferably 15 or less.
- divalent linear aliphatic group examples include a methylene group, an ethylene group, an n-propylene group, an n-butylene group, an n-hexylene group, and an n-heptylene group.
- a methylene group is preferable from the viewpoint of residues.
- divalent branched aliphatic group examples include the above-mentioned divalent linear aliphatic group, a side chain of a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an iso-propyl group, an n-butyl group. And a structure having a group, an iso-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a tert-butyl group, and the like.
- the number of rings that the divalent cyclic aliphatic group has is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, and usually 10 or less, preferably 5 or less, and more preferably 3 or less.
- divalent aliphatic group examples include a cyclohexane ring, a cycloheptane ring, a cyclodecane ring, a cyclododecane ring, a norbornane ring, an isobornane ring, an adamantane ring, a cyclododecane ring, and the like, by removing two hydrogen atoms.
- a group obtained by removing two hydrogen atoms from the adamantane ring is preferable from the viewpoint of development adhesion.
- Examples of the substituent that the divalent aliphatic group may have include an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms such as a methoxy group and an ethoxy group; a hydroxyl group; a nitro group; a cyano group; a carboxyl group and the like. Among these, unsubstituted is preferable from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis.
- examples of the divalent aromatic ring group include a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group and a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group.
- the carbon number is usually 4 or more, preferably 5 or more, more preferably 6 or more, 30 or less, more preferably 20 or less, and even more preferably 15 or less.
- the aromatic hydrocarbon ring in the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group may be a single ring or a condensed ring.
- Examples of the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group include a benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, phenanthrene ring, perylene ring, tetracene ring, pyrene ring, benzpyrene ring, chrysene ring having two free valences, Examples include a triphenylene ring, an acenaphthene ring, a fluoranthene ring, a fluorene ring, and the like.
- the aromatic heterocyclic ring in the aromatic heterocyclic group may be a single ring or a condensed ring.
- the divalent aromatic heterocyclic group include a furan ring, a benzofuran ring, a thiophene ring, a benzothiophene ring, a pyrrole ring, a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring, an oxadiazole ring, and an indole having two free valences.
- Examples of the substituent that the divalent aromatic ring group may have include a hydroxy group, a methyl group, a methoxy group, an ethyl group, an ethoxy group, a propyl group, and a propoxy group. Among these, unsubstituted is preferable from the viewpoint of curability.
- divalent aliphatic groups and one or more divalent aromatic ring groups are linked
- one or more of the above divalent aliphatic groups and the above divalent aromatic group are used.
- the number of divalent aliphatic groups is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, usually 10 or less, preferably 5 or less, and more preferably 3 or less.
- the number of divalent aromatic ring groups is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, usually 10 or less, preferably 5 or less, and more preferably 3 or less.
- the group in which one or more divalent aliphatic groups and one or more divalent aromatic ring groups are linked include groups represented by the above formulas (iA) to (iE), etc. Is mentioned. Among these, from the viewpoint of reducing residues, the group represented by the formula (iC) is preferable.
- the bonding mode of the cyclic hydrocarbon group which is a side chain with respect to these divalent hydrocarbon groups is not particularly limited. For example, one hydrogen atom of an aliphatic group or an aromatic ring group is substituted with the side chain. And a mode in which a cyclic hydrocarbon group which is a side chain including one of the carbon atoms of the aliphatic group is formed.
- partial structure represented by the formula (ii) is preferably a partial structure represented by the following formula (ii-1) from the viewpoint of development adhesion.
- R c has the same meaning as in formula (ii).
- R ⁇ represents a monovalent cyclic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent.
- n is an integer of 1 or more.
- the benzene ring in formula (ii-1) may be further substituted with an arbitrary substituent.
- R ⁇ represents a monovalent cyclic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent.
- the cyclic hydrocarbon group include an aliphatic ring group and an aromatic ring group.
- the number of rings that the aliphatic ring group has is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, and usually 6 or less, preferably 4 or less, more preferably 3 or less.
- the number of carbon atoms in the aliphatic cyclic group is usually 4 or more, preferably 6 or more, more preferably 8 or more, preferably 40 or less, more preferably 30 or less, still more preferably 20 or less, and particularly preferably 15 or less. preferable.
- By setting it as the said lower limit or more there exists a tendency for image development adhesiveness to improve, and there exists a tendency for a residue to reduce by setting it as the said upper limit or less.
- aliphatic ring in the aliphatic ring group examples include a cyclohexane ring, a cycloheptane ring, a cyclodecane ring, a cyclododecane ring, a norbornane ring, an isobornane ring, an adamantane ring, and a cyclododecane ring.
- an adamantane ring is preferable from the viewpoint of development adhesion.
- the number of rings of the aromatic ring group is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, more preferably 3 or more, and usually 10 or less, preferably 5 or less.
- the aromatic ring group include an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group and an aromatic heterocyclic group.
- the number of carbon atoms in the aromatic ring group is usually 4 or more, preferably 5 or more, more preferably 6 or more, 30 or less, more preferably 20 or less, and even more preferably 15 or less.
- aromatic ring in the aromatic ring group examples include benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, phenanthrene ring, fluorene ring and the like.
- a fluorene ring is preferable from the viewpoint of development adhesion.
- Examples of the substituent that the cyclic hydrocarbon group may have include a hydroxy group, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an iso-propyl group, an n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a tert-butyl group, Examples thereof include alkyl groups having 1 to 5 carbon atoms such as amyl group and iso-amyl group; alkoxy groups having 1 to 5 carbon atoms such as methoxy group and ethoxy group; hydroxyl group; nitro group; cyano group; Among these, unsubstituted is preferable from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis.
- N represents an integer of 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, and more preferably 3 or less.
- R ⁇ is preferably a monovalent aliphatic ring group, and more preferably an adamantyl group, from the viewpoint of strong film curing degree and electrical characteristics.
- the benzene ring in formula (ii-1) may be further substituted with an arbitrary substituent.
- substituents include a hydroxy group, a methyl group, a methoxy group, an ethyl group, an ethoxy group, a propyl group, and a propoxy group.
- the number of substituents is not particularly limited, either one or two or more. Among these, unsubstituted is preferable from the viewpoint of curability.
- the partial structure represented by the formula (ii) is preferably a partial structure represented by the following formula (ii-2) from the viewpoint of development adhesion.
- R c has the same meaning as in formula (ii).
- R ⁇ represents a divalent cyclic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent.
- the benzene ring in formula (ii-2) may be further substituted with an arbitrary substituent.
- R ⁇ represents a divalent cyclic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent.
- the cyclic hydrocarbon group include an aliphatic ring group and an aromatic ring group.
- the number of rings that the aliphatic ring group has is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, and usually 10 or less, preferably 5 or less.
- carbon number of an aliphatic cyclic group is 4 or more normally, 6 or more are preferable, 8 or more are more preferable, 40 or less are preferable, 35 or less are more preferable, and 30 or less are more preferable.
- the aliphatic ring in the aliphatic ring group include a cyclohexane ring, a cycloheptane ring, a cyclodecane ring, a cyclododecane ring, a norbornane ring, an isobornane ring, an adamantane ring, and a cyclododecane ring.
- an adamantane ring is preferable from the viewpoint of development adhesion.
- the number of rings of the aromatic ring group is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, more preferably 3 or more, and usually 10 or less, preferably 5 or less.
- the aromatic ring group include an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group and an aromatic heterocyclic group.
- the carbon number of the aromatic ring group is usually 4 or more, preferably 6 or more, more preferably 8 or more, further preferably 10 or more, more preferably 40 or less, more preferably 30 or less, and further preferably 20 or less.
- 15 or less is particularly preferable.
- aromatic ring in the aromatic ring group examples include benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, phenanthrene ring, fluorene ring and the like.
- a fluorene ring is preferable from the viewpoint of development adhesion.
- Examples of the substituent that the cyclic hydrocarbon group may have include a hydroxy group, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an iso-propyl group, an n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a tert-butyl group, Examples thereof include alkyl groups having 1 to 5 carbon atoms such as amyl group and iso-amyl group; alkoxy groups having 1 to 5 carbon atoms such as methoxy group and ethoxy group; hydroxyl group; nitro group; cyano group; Among these, unsubstituted is preferable from the viewpoint of simplicity of synthesis.
- R beta is a divalent aliphatic cyclic group, and more preferably a divalent adamantane ring group.
- R beta is a divalent aromatic ring group, and more preferably a divalent fluorene ring group.
- the benzene ring in formula (ii-2) may be further substituted with an arbitrary substituent.
- substituents include a hydroxy group, a methyl group, a methoxy group, an ethyl group, an ethoxy group, a propyl group, and a propoxy group.
- the number of substituents is not particularly limited, either one or two or more. Among these, unsubstituted is preferable from the viewpoint of curability.
- the partial structure represented by the formula (ii) is preferably a partial structure represented by the following formula (ii-3) from the viewpoint of curability.
- the partial structure represented by the formula (ii-3) includes the partial structure represented by the general formula (1) in the formula.
- R c and R d have the same meaning as in formula (ii).
- R 1 has the same meaning as the formula (1).
- the partial structure represented by the formula (ii-3) contained in one molecule of the epoxy (meth) acrylate resin (c1-2) may be one type or two or more types.
- the number of partial structures represented by the formula (ii) contained in one molecule of the epoxy (meth) acrylate resin (c1-2) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 3 or more, Moreover, 20 or less is preferable, 15 or less is more preferable, and 10 or less is further more preferable.
- the (c1) epoxy (meth) acrylate resin is an epoxy (meth) acrylate resin (c1-3) containing a partial structure represented by the following formula (iii) from the viewpoint of reducing the outgas amount during device emission. ) Is preferable.
- R e represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
- ⁇ represents a single bond, —CO—, an alkylene group which may have a substituent, or a divalent which may have a substituent.
- the benzene ring in formula (iii) may be further substituted with an arbitrary substituent. * Represents a bond.
- ⁇ represents a single bond, —CO—, an alkylene group which may have a substituent, or a divalent cyclic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent.
- the alkylene group may be linear or branched, but is preferably linear from the viewpoint of development solubility and is preferably branched from the viewpoint of development adhesion.
- the carbon number is not particularly limited, it is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, and usually 6 or less, preferably 4 or less.
- alkylene group examples include a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, a butylene group, a hexylene group, and a heptylene group, and an ethylene group or a propylene group is preferable from the viewpoint of compatibility between development adhesion and development solubility.
- a propylene group is more preferable.
- Examples of the substituent that the alkylene group may have include an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms such as a methoxy group and an ethoxy group; a hydroxyl group; a nitro group; a cyano group; and a carboxyl group. Among these, unsubstituted is preferable from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis.
- divalent cyclic hydrocarbon group examples include a divalent aliphatic ring group and a divalent aromatic ring group.
- the number of rings that the aliphatic ring group has is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, and usually 10 or less, preferably 5 or less.
- carbon number of an aliphatic cyclic group is 4 or more normally, 6 or more are preferable, 8 or more are more preferable, 40 or less are preferable, 35 or less are more preferable, and 30 or less are more preferable.
- the aliphatic ring in the aliphatic ring group include a cyclohexane ring, a cycloheptane ring, a cyclodecane ring, a cyclododecane ring, a norbornane ring, an isobornane ring, an adamantane ring, and a cyclododecane ring.
- an adamantane ring is preferable from the viewpoint of development adhesion.
- the number of rings of the aromatic ring group is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, more preferably 3 or more, and usually 10 or less, preferably 5 or less.
- the aromatic ring group include an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group and an aromatic heterocyclic group.
- the carbon number of the aromatic ring group is usually 4 or more, preferably 6 or more, more preferably 8 or more, further preferably 10 or more, more preferably 40 or less, more preferably 30 or less, and further preferably 20 or less.
- the aromatic ring in the aromatic ring group include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a phenanthrene ring, and a fluorene ring.
- a fluorene ring is preferable from the viewpoint of development adhesion.
- Examples of the substituent that the cyclic hydrocarbon group may have include a hydroxy group, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an iso-propyl group, an n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a tert-butyl group, Examples thereof include alkyl groups having 1 to 5 carbon atoms such as amyl group and iso-amyl group; alkoxy groups having 1 to 5 carbon atoms such as methoxy group and ethoxy group; hydroxyl group; nitro group; cyano group; Among these, unsubstituted is preferable from the viewpoint of simplicity of synthesis.
- ⁇ is preferably an alkylene group which may have a substituent, and more preferably a dimethylmethylene group.
- the benzene ring in formula (iii) may be further substituted with an arbitrary substituent.
- substituents include a hydroxy group, a methyl group, a methoxy group, an ethyl group, an ethoxy group, a propyl group, and a propoxy group.
- the number of substituents is not particularly limited, either one or two or more. Among these, unsubstituted is preferable from the viewpoint of curability.
- the partial structure represented by the formula (iii) is preferably a partial structure represented by the following formula (iii-1) from the viewpoint of development solubility.
- the partial structure represented by the formula (iii-1) includes the partial structure represented by the general formula (1) in the formula.
- R e and ⁇ have the same meaning as in formula (iii).
- R 1 has the same meaning as that of the formula (1). * Represents a bond.
- the benzene ring in formula (iii-1) may be further substituted with an arbitrary substituent.
- the number of the repeating unit structure represented by the formula (iii) contained in one molecule of the epoxy (meth) acrylate resin (c1-3) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 5 or more. 10 or more is more preferable, 18 or less is preferable, and 15 or less is more preferable.
- the number of the repeating unit structure represented by the formula (iii-1) contained in one molecule of the epoxy (meth) acrylate resin (c1-3) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 or more, and more preferably 3 or more. More preferably, 5 or more is more preferable, 18 or less is preferable, and 15 or less is more preferable.
- epoxy (meth) acrylate resin (c1-3) Specific examples of the epoxy (meth) acrylate resin (c1-3) are given below.
- the acrylic copolymer resin is not particularly limited as long as it has a partial structure represented by the general formula (1), but from the viewpoint of curability, it has an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain. Preferably there is.
- R A represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
- R B represents an alkenyl group which may have a substituent or a group represented by the following general formula (II). * Represents a bond.
- R C represents an alkenyl group which may have a substituent.
- ⁇ represents an alkylene group which may have a substituent, an arylene group which may have a substituent, or an alkenylene group which may have a substituent. * Represents a bond to the carbonyl carbon.
- R B represents an alkenyl group which may have a substituent or a group represented by the general formula (II).
- Examples of the alkenyl group for R B include a linear, branched or cyclic alkenyl group.
- the number of carbon atoms is preferably 2 or more, preferably 20 or less, more preferably 16 or less, further preferably 12 or less, and still more preferably 8 or less. , Particularly preferably 6 or less, and most preferably 4 or less.
- alkenyl group examples include ethenyl group, propenyl group, butyenyl group, cyclohexenyl group and the like. Among these, from the viewpoint of curability, an ethenyl group or a propenyl group is preferable, and an ethenyl group is more preferable.
- alkenyl group may have include an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a hydroxy group, a carboxyl group, a chloro group, a bromo group, a fluoro group, an alkoxy group, a hydroxyalkyl group, a thiol group, A sulfone group etc. are mentioned. Among these, from the viewpoint of developability, an alkyl group or an alkenyl group is preferable, and an alkyl group is more preferable. When it has two or more substituents, the substituents may be linked to form a ring.
- the R B in view of curability and developability Among these, preferred are ethenyl group or a propenyl group, and more preferably an ethenyl group.
- R C represents an alkenyl group which may have a substituent.
- alkenyl group for R C examples include linear, branched or cyclic alkenyl groups.
- the number of carbon atoms is preferably 2 or more, preferably 20 or less, more preferably 16 or less, further preferably 12 or less, and still more preferably 8 or less. , Particularly preferably 6 or less, and most preferably 4 or less.
- alkenyl group examples include ethenyl group, propenyl group, butyenyl group, cyclohexenyl group and the like. Among these, from the viewpoint of curability, an ethenyl group or a propenyl group is preferable, and an ethenyl group is more preferable.
- alkenyl group may have include an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a hydroxy group, a carboxyl group, a chloro group, a bromo group, a fluoro group, an alkoxy group, a hydroxyalkyl group, a thiol group, A sulfone group etc. are mentioned. Among these, from the viewpoint of developability, an alkyl group or an alkenyl group is preferable, and an alkyl group is more preferable. When it has two or more substituents, the substituents may be linked to form a ring.
- R C represents an alkenyl group which may have a substituent, and among these, from the viewpoint of developability, it is preferably an ethenyl group or a propenyl group, and more preferably an ethenyl group. .
- ⁇ represents an alkylene group which may have a substituent, an arylene group which may have a substituent, or an alkenylene group which may have a substituent.
- Examples of the alkylene group for ⁇ include a linear, branched, or cyclic alkylene group.
- the number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 2 or more, and preferably 22 or less, more preferably 20 or less, and even more preferably 18 or less, It is more preferably 16 or less, particularly preferably 14 or less, and most preferably 12 or less.
- adhesiveness to improve by setting it as the said lower limit or more
- alkylene group examples include a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, a cyclohexylene group, a methylcyclohexylene group, a bicyclo [2.2.1] heptane group, and a methylbicyclo [2.2.1] heptane group.
- a methylene group an ethylene group, a cyclohexylene group or a methylcyclohexylene group
- an ethylene group is more preferable.
- alkylene group may have examples include an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a hydroxy group, a carboxyl group, a chloro group, a bromo group, a fluoro group, an alkoxy group, a hydroxyalkyl group, a thiol group, and a sulfide group. Is mentioned. Of these, alkenyl is preferred from the viewpoint of development adhesion. Moreover, when it has two or more substituents, substituents may connect and may form the ring.
- examples of the arylene group for ⁇ include a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group and a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group.
- the number of carbon atoms is preferably 6 or more, preferably 24 or less, more preferably 22 or less, further preferably 20 or less, and still more preferably 18 or less, It is particularly preferably 16 or less, and most preferably 14 or less.
- the aromatic hydrocarbon ring in the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group may be a single ring or a condensed ring, such as a benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, phenanthrene ring, perylene ring, tetracene ring, pyrene.
- the aromatic heterocyclic ring in the aromatic heterocyclic group may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring.
- substituents that the arylene group may have include an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a hydroxy group, a carboxyl group, a chloro group, a bromo group, a fluoro group, an alkoxy group, a hydroxyalkyl group, a thiol group, A sulfone group etc. are mentioned. Among these, from the viewpoint of developability, a hydroxy group or a carboxyl group is preferable, and a carboxyl group is more preferable. Moreover, when it has two or more substituents, substituents may connect and may form the ring.
- arylene group having a substituent examples include a carboxylbenzene ring group.
- examples of the alkenylene group in ⁇ include a linear, branched, or cyclic alkenylene group.
- the number of carbon atoms is preferably 2 or more, preferably 22 or less, more preferably 20 or less, further preferably 18 or less, and still more preferably 16 or less. Of 14 or less, and most preferably 12 or less.
- alkenylene group examples include an ethenylene group, a propenylene group, a cyclohexenylene group, a methylethenylene group, and the like.
- an ethenylene group and a cyclohexenylene group are preferable, and an ethenylene group is more preferable.
- alkenylene group may have include an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a hydroxy group, a carboxyl group, a chloro group, a bromo group, a fluoro group, an alkoxy group, a hydroxyalkyl group, a thiol group, Examples thereof include a sulfide group.
- an alkyl group or an alkenyl group is preferable, and an alkyl group is more preferable.
- substituents may connect and may form the ring.
- ⁇ represents an alkylene group which may have a substituent, an arylene group which may have a substituent, or an alkenylene group which may have a substituent. From the viewpoint of properties, an alkylene group or an alkenylene group is preferable, and an alkylene group is more preferable.
- the repeating unit structure represented by the formula (I) is preferably a repeating unit structure represented by the following formula (I-1) from the viewpoint of developability.
- the repeating unit structure represented by the formula (I-1) includes a partial structure represented by the general formula (1) in the formula.
- R A and R B have the same meanings as in formula (I).
- R 1 has the same meaning as that of the formula (1).
- the repeating unit structure represented by the formula (I) is preferably a repeating unit structure represented by the following formula (I-2) from the viewpoint of sensitivity.
- R A and R B have the same meanings as in formula (I).
- the content ratio of the partial structure represented by the general formula (I) contained in the acrylic copolymer resin is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5 mol% or more, more preferably 20 mol% or more, and 30 mol% or more. Is more preferably 50 mol% or more, particularly preferably 70 mol% or more, most preferably 80 mol% or more, more preferably 99 mol% or less, more preferably 97 mol% or less, and 95 mol% or less. Is more preferable. When the amount is not less than the lower limit, the residue tends to be reduced, and when the amount is not more than the upper limit, the development adhesion tends to be improved.
- the content of the partial structure represented by the general formula (I-1) contained in the acrylic copolymer resin is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 mol% or more, more preferably 5 mol% or more, and 10 mol % Or more is more preferable, 15 mol% or more is further more preferable, 20 mol% or more is particularly preferable, 99 mol% or less is preferable, 60 mol% or less is more preferable, 40 mol% or less is further preferable, and 30 mol% is more preferable. % Or less is particularly preferable.
- the amount is not less than the lower limit, the sensitivity tends to increase and the residue tends to be reduced.
- the amount is not more than the upper limit, the development adhesion tends to be improved.
- the content of the partial structure represented by the general formula (I-2) contained in the acrylic copolymer resin is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5 mol% or more, more preferably 10 mol% or more, and 20 mol % Or more is more preferable, 30 mol% or more is more preferable, 40 mol% or more is particularly preferable, 50 mol% or more is most preferable, 99 mol% or less is preferable, 90 mol% or less is more preferable, and 80 mol% is more preferable. % Or less is more preferable, and 70 mol% or less is particularly preferable.
- the sensitivity tends to be increased by setting it to the lower limit value or more, and the developability tends to be improved by setting the upper limit value or less.
- R D represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
- R E represents an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, or a substituent.
- R E represents an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, or an alkenyl group which may have a substituent.
- Examples of the alkyl group in R E include a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group.
- the number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 3 or more, still more preferably 5 or more, and is preferably 20 or less, more preferably 18 or less, It is more preferably 16 or less, still more preferably 14 or less, and particularly preferably 12 or less.
- the alkyl group examples include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a dicyclopentanyl group, and a dodecanyl group.
- a dicyclopentanyl group or a dodecanyl group is preferable, and a dicyclopentanyl group is more preferable.
- the substituents that the alkyl group may have include methoxy group, ethoxy group, chloro group, bromo group, fluoro group, hydroxy group, amino group, epoxy group, oligoethylene glycol group, phenyl group, carboxyl group , An acryloyl group, a methacryloyl group, and the like. From the viewpoint of developability, a hydroxy group and an oligoethylene glycol group are preferable.
- Examples of the aryl group in R E include a monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group and a monovalent aromatic heterocyclic group.
- the number of carbon atoms is preferably 6 or more, preferably 24 or less, more preferably 22 or less, still more preferably 20 or less, and particularly preferably 18 or less.
- the aromatic hydrocarbon ring in the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group may be a single ring or a condensed ring, such as a benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, phenanthrene ring, perylene ring, tetracene ring, pyrene.
- the aromatic heterocyclic ring in the aromatic heterocyclic group may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring.
- the substituents that the aryl group may have include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, methoxy group, ethoxy group, chloro group, bromo group, fluoro group, hydroxy group, amino group, epoxy group, oligo group, Examples thereof include an ethylene glycol group, a phenyl group, and a carboxyl group, and a hydroxy group and an oligoethylene glycol group are preferable from the viewpoint of developability.
- alkenyl group for R E examples include linear, branched, or cyclic alkenyl groups.
- the number of carbon atoms is preferably 2 or more, preferably 22 or less, more preferably 20 or less, further preferably 18 or less, and still more preferably 16 or less. 14 or less is particularly preferable.
- alkenyl group examples include ethenyl group, propenyl group, butyenyl group, cyclohexenyl group and the like. Among these, from the viewpoint of curability, an ethenyl group or a propenyl group is preferable, and an ethenyl group is more preferable.
- alkenyl group may have include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, methoxy group, ethoxy group, chloro group, bromo group, fluoro group, hydroxy group, amino group, epoxy group, oligo group
- substituents that the alkenyl group may have include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, methoxy group, ethoxy group, chloro group, bromo group, fluoro group, hydroxy group, amino group, epoxy group, oligo group
- substituent that the alkenyl group may have include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, methoxy group, ethoxy group, chloro group, bromo group, fluoro group, hydroxy group, amino group, epoxy group, oligo group
- substituents include an ethylene glycol group, a phenyl group, and a carboxyl group, and a hydroxy group and an oligoethylene glycol group are preferable from the viewpoint of develop
- R E represents an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, or an alkenyl group which may have a substituent.
- an alkyl group or alkenyl is preferable, and an alkyl group is more preferable.
- the content ratio of the partial structure represented by the general formula (I ′) contained in the acrylic copolymer resin is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.5 mol% or more, more preferably 1 mol% or more, and 1 0.5 mol% or more is more preferable, 2 mol% or more is particularly preferable, 90 mol% or less is preferable, 70 mol% or less is more preferable, 50% mol or less is more preferable, and 30 mol% or less is more preferable. 10 mol% or less is particularly preferable.
- R F represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
- R G represents an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an alkenyl group which may have a substituent, a hydroxy group, A carboxyl group, a halogen atom, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, a thiol group, or an optionally substituted alkyl sulfide group is represented.
- t represents an integer of 0 to 5.
- RG has an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an alkenyl group which may have a substituent, a hydroxy group, a carboxyl group, a halogen atom, and a substituent. Represents an optionally substituted alkoxy group, thiol group, or optionally substituted alkyl sulfide group.
- Examples of the alkyl group in R G include a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group.
- the number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 3 or more, still more preferably 5 or more, and is preferably 20 or less, more preferably 18 or less, It is more preferably 16 or less, still more preferably 14 or less, and particularly preferably 12 or less.
- alkyl group examples include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a dicyclopentanyl group, and a dodecanyl group.
- a dicyclopentanyl group or a dodecanyl group is preferable, and a dicyclopentanyl group is more preferable.
- the substituents that the alkyl group may have include methoxy group, ethoxy group, chloro group, bromo group, fluoro group, hydroxy group, amino group, epoxy group, oligoethylene glycol group, phenyl group, carboxyl group , An acryloyl group, a methacryloyl group, and the like. From the viewpoint of developability, a hydroxy group and an oligoethylene glycol group are preferable.
- Examples of the alkenyl group in R G include a linear, branched or cyclic alkenyl group.
- the number of carbon atoms is preferably 2 or more, preferably 22 or less, more preferably 20 or less, further preferably 18 or less, and still more preferably 16 or less. 14 or less is particularly preferable.
- alkenyl group examples include ethenyl group, propenyl group, butyryl group, cyclohexenyl group and the like. Among these, from the viewpoint of curability, an ethenyl group or a propenyl group is preferable, and an ethenyl group is more preferable.
- alkenyl group may have include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, methoxy group, ethoxy group, chloro group, bromo group, fluoro group, hydroxy group, amino group, epoxy group, oligo group
- substituents that the alkenyl group may have include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, methoxy group, ethoxy group, chloro group, bromo group, fluoro group, hydroxy group, amino group, epoxy group, oligo group
- substituent that the alkenyl group may have include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, methoxy group, ethoxy group, chloro group, bromo group, fluoro group, hydroxy group, amino group, epoxy group, oligo group
- substituents include an ethylene glycol group, a phenyl group, and a carboxyl group, and a hydroxy group and an oligoethylene glycol group are preferable from the viewpoint of develop
- halogen atom in RG examples include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom, and among these, a fluorine atom is preferable from the viewpoint of liquid repellency.
- Examples of the alkoxy group in R G include a linear, branched or cyclic alkoxy group.
- the number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 or more, preferably 20 or less, more preferably 18 or less, further preferably 16 or less, and still more preferably 14 or less. , 12 or less is particularly preferable.
- the alkoxy group may have, methoxy group, ethoxy group, chloro group, bromo group, fluoro group, hydroxy group, amino group, epoxy group, oligoethylene glycol group, phenyl group, carboxyl group , An acryloyl group, a methacryloyl group, and the like. From the viewpoint of developability, a hydroxy group and an oligoethylene glycol group are preferable.
- alkyl sulfide group in RG examples include a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl sulfide group.
- the number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 or more, preferably 20 or less, more preferably 18 or less, further preferably 16 or less, and still more preferably 14 or less. , 12 or less is particularly preferable.
- alkyl sulfide group examples include a methyl sulfide group, an ethyl sulfide group, a propyl sulfide group, and a butyl sulfide group.
- a methyl sulfide group or an ethyl sulfide group is preferable from the viewpoint of developability.
- the alkyl group in the alkyl sulfide group may have, methoxy group, ethoxy group, chloro group, bromo group, fluoro group, hydroxy group, amino group, epoxy group, oligoethylene glycol group, phenyl Group, carboxyl group, acryloyl group, methacryloyl group and the like, and from the viewpoint of developability, a hydroxy group and an oligoethylene glycol group are preferable.
- RG is an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an alkenyl group which may have a substituent, a hydroxy group, a carboxyl group, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, a hydroxyalkyl group, a thiol group,
- an alkyl sulfide group which may have a substituent is represented, and among these, from the viewpoint of developability, a hydroxy group or a carboxyl group is preferable, and a carboxyl group is more preferable.
- t represents an integer of 0 to 5. From the viewpoint of developability, t is preferably 2 or less, more preferably 1 or less, and even more preferably 0.
- the content ratio of the partial structure represented by the general formula (I '') contained in the acrylic copolymer resin is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 mol% or more, more preferably 2 mol% or more, and 3 mol % Or more is more preferable, 5 mol% or more is particularly preferable, 90 mol% or less is preferable, 70 mol% or less is more preferable, 50 mol% or less is further preferable, 30 mol% or less is more preferable, 20 mol % Or less is particularly preferable, and 10 mol% or less is most preferable.
- By setting it as the said lower limit or more there exists a tendency for image development adhesiveness to improve, and there exists a tendency for a residue to reduce by setting it as the said upper limit or less.
- R H represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
- the content of the partial structure represented by the general formula (I ′ ′′) contained in the acrylic copolymer resin is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5 mol% or more, more preferably 10 mol% or more, 30 More preferably, it is 90 mol% or less, more preferably 80 mol% or less, still more preferably 70 mol% or less, and particularly preferably 50 mol% or less.
- the amount is not less than the lower limit, the residue tends to be reduced, and when the amount is not more than the upper limit, the development adhesion tends to be improved.
- 0 mol% that is, it is preferable not to include the partial structure represented by the general formula (I ′ ′′).
- the acid value of the acrylic copolymer resin is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5 mgKOH / g or more, more preferably 10 mgKOH / g or more, still more preferably 30 mgKOH / g or more, still more preferably 40 mgKOH / g or more, and 50 mgKOH / g g or more is particularly preferred, 100 mgKOH / g or less is preferred, 90 mgKOH / g or less is more preferred, 70 mgKOH / g or less is more preferred, and 60 mgKOH / g or less is even more preferred.
- the amount is not less than the lower limit, the residue tends to be reduced, and when the amount is not more than the upper limit, the development adhesion tends to be improved.
- the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the acrylic copolymer resin is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1,000 or more, more preferably 2,000 or more, further preferably 3,000 or more, and still more preferably 4,000. As described above, it is particularly preferably 5,000 or more, and usually 30,000 or less, preferably 20,000 or less, more preferably 15,000 or less, and still more preferably 10,000 or less. Especially preferably, it is 7,000 or less.
- the content ratio of (c2) acrylic copolymer resin contained in the alkali-soluble resin is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more, and more preferably 15% by mass or more from the viewpoint of developability. Is more preferable, 20 mass% or more is particularly preferable, 100 mass% or less is preferable, 80 mass% or less is more preferable, and 50 mass% or less is more preferable. When it is at least the lower limit, the development solubility tends to be good, and when it is at most the upper limit, the taper angle tends to be large.
- the alkali-soluble resin may contain either (c1) an epoxy (meth) acrylate resin or (c2) an acrylic copolymer resin, or both of them. Furthermore, resins other than (c1) and (c2) may be included. For example, (C) the alkali-soluble resin itself may be provided with liquid repellency by including an alkali-soluble resin having a fluorine atom-containing functional group.
- the content ratio of the (C) alkali-soluble resin in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention according to the first aspect is usually 5% by mass or more, preferably 10% by mass or more, more preferably based on the total solid content. 20% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, particularly preferably 40% by mass or more, and usually 90% by mass or less, preferably 70% by mass or less, more preferably 60% by mass or less, particularly preferably 50% by mass. It is as follows. When the amount is not less than the lower limit, the developability tends to be improved, and when the amount is not more than the upper limit, the amount of outgas generated during light emission of the element tends to be reduced.
- the content ratio of (A) ethylenically unsaturated compound and (C) alkali-soluble resin in the total solid content is usually 5% by mass or more, preferably 10% by mass or more, more preferably, based on the total solid content. 30% by mass or more, more preferably 50% by mass or more, still more preferably 70% by mass or more, particularly preferably 80% by mass or more, most preferably 85% by mass or more, and usually 99% by mass or less. Preferably it is 97 mass% or less, More preferably, it is 95 mass% or less.
- the amount is not less than the lower limit, the curability tends to be improved, and when the amount is not more than the upper limit, the amount of outgas generated during light emission of the element tends to be reduced.
- the blending ratio of (C) alkali-soluble resin to (A) ethylenically unsaturated compound in the photosensitive resin composition is (C) alkali-soluble with respect to 100 parts by mass of (A) ethylenically unsaturated compound.
- 50 parts by mass or more of the resin is preferable, 60 parts by mass or more is more preferable, 70 parts by mass or more is further preferable, 80 parts by mass or more is particularly preferable, 400 parts by mass or less is preferable, 300 parts by mass or less is more preferable, 200
- the amount is more preferably equal to or less than mass parts, and particularly preferably equal to or less than 100 mass parts.
- (C-1) a carboxyl group-containing (co) polymer suitably used as (C) an alkali-soluble resin in the photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition according to the second aspect of the present invention
- (C-2) A carboxyl group-containing (co) polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain, and (C-3) a carboxyl group-containing and ethylenically unsaturated group-containing resin will be described in detail.
- Carboxyl group-containing (co) polymer [1-1-4-a-1] Carboxyl group-containing (co) polymer
- carboxyl group-containing (co) polymers include, for example, (meth) acrylic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, maleic acid, maleic anhydride, itaconic acid, citraconic acid and the like.
- Saturated carboxylic acids and styrenes such as styrene, ⁇ -methylstyrene, hydroxystyrene, methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, propyl (meth) acrylate, butyl (meth) acrylate, pentyl (meth) acrylate, hexyl (Meth) acrylate, dodecyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, dicyclopentanyl (meth) acrylate, adamantyl (meth) acrylate, isobornyl (meth) acrylate, hydroxymethyl (meth) acrylate, hydroxyethyl (Meth) acrylates such as (meth) acrylate, glycidyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, N, N-dimethylaminoeth
- (meth) acrylate- (meth) acrylic acid copolymer and styrene- (meth) acrylate- (meth) acrylic acid copolymer are preferable from the viewpoint of sensitivity.
- a copolymer comprising 5 to 80 mol% of (meth) acrylate and 20 to 95 mol% of (meth) acrylic acid is more preferable.
- a copolymer comprising 10 to 70 mol% of (meth) acrylate and 30 to 90 mol% of (meth) acrylic acid is particularly preferred.
- styrene- (meth) acrylate- (meth) acrylic acid copolymer a copolymer comprising 3 to 60 mol% of styrene, 10 to 70 mol% of (meth) acrylate, and 10 to 60 mol% of (meth) acrylic acid.
- a polymer is more preferred, and a copolymer comprising 5 to 50 mol% styrene, 20 to 60 mol% (meth) acrylate, and 15 to 55 mol% (meth) acrylic acid is particularly preferred.
- Carboxyl group-containing (co) polymer (2) Moreover, it replaces with the said unsaturated carboxylic acid, the compound which added the polybasic acid (anhydride) to hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylate, the said styrene, (meth) acrylic acid ester, (meth) acrylonitrile. And copolymers with (meth) acrylamides, vinyl compounds and the like.
- hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylate examples include hydroxymethyl (meth) acrylate, hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, and the like
- polybasic acid (anhydride) includes succinic acid ( Anhydride), adipic acid (anhydride), phthalic acid (anhydride), tetrahydrophthalic acid (anhydride), hexahydrophthalic acid (anhydride), maleic acid (anhydride), etc.
- carboxyl group-containing (co) polymers preferably have an acid value of 50 to 500 mgKOH / g from the viewpoint of development solubility, and have a weight average molecular weight (Mw) in terms of polystyrene from the viewpoint of development solubility. It is preferably 1,000 to 300,000.
- [1-1-4-b] (C-2) Carboxyl group-containing (co) polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain [1-1-4-b-1] unsaturated carboxylic acid and two kinds Copolymers with the above compounds having an ethylenically unsaturated group
- carboxyl group-containing (co) polymers having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain for example, allyl (meth) acrylate, 3-allyloxy-2-hydroxy
- a compound having two or more ethylenically unsaturated groups such as propyl (meth) acrylate, cinnamyl (meth) acrylate, crotonyl (meth) acrylate, methallyl (meth) acrylate, N, N-diallyl (meth) acrylamide, or Vinyl (meth) acrylate, 1-chlorovinyl (meth) acrylate, 2-phenylvinyl (meth)
- the acid value of the copolymer of the unsaturated carboxylic acid and the compound having two or more types of ethylenically unsaturated groups is preferably 30 to 250 mgKOH / g from the viewpoint of development solubility, and has a weight average molecular weight. (Mw) is preferably 1,000 to 300,000 from the viewpoint of development solubility.
- Epoxy group-containing unsaturated compound-modified carboxyl group-containing (co) polymer Further, as a carboxyl group-containing (co) polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain, for example, Modification by reacting a carboxyl group-containing (co) polymer with an epoxy group-containing unsaturated compound and adding an epoxy group of the epoxy group-containing unsaturated compound to a part of the carboxyl group of the carboxyl group-containing (co) polymer. Modified carboxyl group-containing (co) polymers.
- carboxyl group-containing (co) polymer from the viewpoint of sensitivity, the above-mentioned carboxyl group-containing (co) polymer (meth) acrylate- (meth) acrylic acid copolymer and styrene- (meth) acrylate are used. -(Meth) acrylic acid copolymers are preferred.
- the epoxy group-containing unsaturated compounds include allyl glycidyl ether, glycidyl (meth) acrylate, ⁇ -ethyl glycidyl (meth) acrylate, glycidyl crotonate, glycidyl isocrotonate, crotonyl glycidyl ether, monoalkyl itaconic acid Aliphatic epoxy group-containing unsaturated compounds such as glycidyl esters, monoalkyl monoglycidyl esters of fumaric acid, and maleic acid alkyl monoglycidyl esters, and 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl (meth) acrylate, 2,3-epoxycyclopentylmethyl And alicyclic epoxy group-containing unsaturated compounds such as (meth) acrylate and 7,8-epoxy [tricyclo [5.2.1.0] dec-2-yl] oxyethyl (meth) acrylate
- these epoxy group-containing unsaturated compounds can be obtained by reacting 5 to 90 mol%, preferably about 30 to 70 mol%, of the carboxyl group of the carboxyl group-containing (co) polymer.
- reaction can be implemented by a well-known method.
- the acid value of the epoxy group-containing unsaturated compound-modified carboxyl group-containing (co) polymer is preferably 30 to 250 mgKOH / g from the viewpoint of developability, and from the viewpoint of developability, the weight average molecular weight (Mw ) Is preferably 1,000 to 300,000.
- Unsaturated carboxylic acid-modified epoxy group and carboxyl group-containing (co) polymer Further, as a carboxyl group-containing (co) polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain, for example, , Unsaturated carboxylic acid such as (meth) acrylic acid, the above-mentioned aliphatic epoxy group-containing unsaturated compound or alicyclic epoxy group-containing unsaturated compound, or unsaturated carboxylic acid ester or styrene, etc.
- Unsaturated carboxylic acid such as (meth) acrylic acid, the above-mentioned aliphatic epoxy group-containing unsaturated compound or alicyclic epoxy group-containing unsaturated compound, or unsaturated carboxylic acid ester or styrene, etc.
- the copolymer such as (meth) acrylic acid.
- Modified epoxy group and carboxyl group-containing (co) polymer modified by reacting saturated carboxylic acid and adding carboxyl group of unsaturated carboxylic acid to epoxy group of the copolymer The body is mentioned.
- the acid value of the unsaturated carboxylic acid-modified epoxy group and carboxyl group-containing (co) polymer is preferably 30 to 250 mg KOH / g from the viewpoint of developability, and from the viewpoint of developability, the weight average molecular weight ( Mw) is preferably 1,000 to 300,000.
- [1-1-4-b-4] Acid-modified epoxy group-containing (co) polymer in addition, as a carboxyl group-containing (co) polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain, an epoxy group-containing (meth) acrylate And an ethylenically unsaturated compound, an ethylenically unsaturated monocarboxylic acid is added to at least a part of the epoxy group of the copolymer, and at least a part of the hydroxyl groups generated by the addition are added. Examples include acid-modified epoxy group-containing (co) polymers obtained by adding a basic acid (anhydride).
- an epoxy group-containing (meth) acrylate such as glycidyl (meth) acrylate
- an ethylenically unsaturated compound such as (meth) acrylic acid ester.
- polybasic acid is usually added to 10 to 100 mol% of the hydroxyl group formed upon addition.
- An acid-modified epoxy group-containing (co) polymer obtained by adding (anhydride) is exemplified.
- the copolymerization ratio of the epoxy group-containing (meth) acrylate in the copolymer is not particularly limited, but is usually 5 mol% or more, preferably 20 mol% or more, more preferably 40 mol% or more, and still more preferably 60 mol%. It is at least mol%, more preferably at least 80 mol%, particularly preferably at least 90 mol%, and usually at most 99 mol%, preferably at most 98 mol%, more preferably at most 95 mol%.
- the amount is not less than the lower limit value, the sensitivity tends to be high, and when the value is not more than the upper limit value, there is a tendency that appropriate development solubility is obtained.
- the copolymerization ratio of the ethylenically unsaturated compound in the copolymer is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 mol% or more, preferably 3 mol% or more, more preferably 5 mol% or more, and usually 90 mol% or less. , Preferably 70 mol% or less, more preferably 50 mol% or less, still more preferably 30 mol% or less, and particularly preferably 10 mol% or less.
- the amount is not less than the lower limit value, the sensitivity tends to be high, and when the value is not more than the upper limit value, there is a tendency that appropriate development solubility is obtained.
- epoxy group-containing (meth) acrylate examples include aliphatic epoxy group-containing (meth) acrylates such as glycidyl (meth) acrylate and ⁇ -ethylglycidyl (meth) acrylate; 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl (meth) acrylate, 2, Alicyclic epoxy group-containing (meth) acrylates such as 3-epoxycyclopentylmethyl (meth) acrylate and 7,8-epoxy [tricyclo [5.2.1.0] dec-2-yl] oxyethyl (meth) acrylate Can be mentioned.
- the ethylenically unsaturated compound it is preferable to use, for example, one or more of mono (meth) acrylates having a partial structure represented by the following formula ( ⁇ ).
- R 1d to R 4d each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms
- R 5d and R 6d each independently represent a hydrogen atom or 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
- R 5d and R 6d may be linked to form a ring.
- the ring formed by linking R 5d and R 6d is preferably an aliphatic ring, which may be either saturated or unsaturated, and the ring preferably has 5 to 6 carbon atoms.
- the carbon number of the alkyl group in R 1d to R 4d is preferably 8 or less, more preferably 5 or less. There exists a tendency for it to become suitable image development solubility by setting it as the said upper limit or less. Among these, from the viewpoint of solubility, R 1d to R 4d are preferably hydrogen atoms.
- the carbon number of the alkyl group in R 5d and R 6d is preferably 8 or less, more preferably 5 or less.
- R 5d and R 6d are preferably hydrogen atoms, or R 5d and R 6d are connected to form an aliphatic ring having 5 to 6 carbon atoms. .
- mono (meth) acrylates having a structure represented by the following formula ( ⁇ -a), ( ⁇ -b), or ( ⁇ -c) are preferable. By introducing these partial structures, it is possible to increase the heat resistance and strength of mono (meth) acrylate.
- 1 type may be used for these mono (meth) acrylates and it may use 2 or more types together by arbitrary combinations and a ratio.
- the mono (meth) acrylate having a partial structure represented by the above formula ( ⁇ ) various known ones can be used, and those represented by the following formula ( ⁇ ) in particular from the viewpoint of curability. Is preferred.
- R 9d represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
- R 10d represents a partial structure of the formula ( ⁇ ).
- the copolymerization ratio is usually 1 mol% or more, preferably 2 mol% or more, and usually 70 mol% or less. Preferably it is 50 mol% or less, More preferably, it is 30 mol% or less, More preferably, it is 10 mol% or less, Most preferably, it is 5 mol% or less.
- an ethylenically unsaturated compound other than the mono (meth) acrylate having the partial structure represented by the above formula ( ⁇ ) (hereinafter referred to as “other ethylenically unsaturated compound”)
- styrenes such as ⁇ -, o-, m-, p-alkyl, nitro, cyano, amide, ester derivatives of styrene, butadiene, 2,3-dimethylbutadiene, isoprene, chloroprene, etc.
- the copolymerization ratio of at least one selected from styrene, benzyl (meth) acrylate and monomaleimide is usually 1 mol% or more, preferably 3 mol% or more, and usually 70 mol. % Or less, preferably 50 mol% or less, more preferably 30 mol% or less, still more preferably 10 mol% or less.
- an ethylenically unsaturated monocarboxylic acid to be added to an epoxy group contained in a copolymer of an epoxy group-containing (meth) acrylate and an ethylenically unsaturated compound a known one can be used, and a curable viewpoint Therefore, (meth) acrylic acid is preferable.
- the amount of the ethylenically unsaturated monocarboxylic acid added to the epoxy group contained in the copolymer is usually 10 mol% or more, preferably 30 mol% or more, more preferably 50 mol% of the epoxy group contained in the copolymer. It is at least mol%, more preferably at least 70 mol%, and usually at most 100 mol%.
- the polybasic acid (anhydride) to be added to the hydroxyl group produced when ethylenically unsaturated monocarboxylic acid is added to the copolymer is not particularly limited, and known ones can be used. Examples include acid (anhydride), tetrahydrophthalic acid (anhydride), hexahydrophthalic acid (anhydride), succinic acid (anhydride), trimellitic acid (anhydride), and the like. From the viewpoint of reducing the outgas generation amount, succinic acid (anhydride) is preferable. On the other hand, tetrahydrophthalic acid (anhydride) is preferable from the viewpoint of improving the remaining film ratio and reducing the residue.
- a polybasic acid (anhydride) may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together by arbitrary combinations and a ratio. By adding such a component, alkali solubility can be imparted to the copolymer.
- the amount of polybasic acid (anhydride) added is usually 5 mol% or more, preferably 10 mol% or more of the hydroxyl group produced when ethylenically unsaturated monocarboxylic acid is added to the copolymer. . Moreover, it is 100 mol% or less normally, Preferably it is 90 mol% or less, More preferably, it is 80 mol% or less. There exists a tendency which can provide developability by setting it as the said lower limit or more, and there exists a tendency to suppress that a development advances too much and film
- a well-known method can be arbitrarily employ
- Photosensitivity can be further improved by adding a glycidyl (meth) acrylate or a glycidyl ether compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group.
- developability can also be improved by adding the glycidyl ether compound which does not have an ethylenically unsaturated group to some carboxyl groups produced
- Examples of the modified product of the above-mentioned epoxy group-containing (co) polymer with ethylenically unsaturated monocarboxylic acid and polybasic acid (anhydride) include, for example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 8-297366 and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Examples thereof include resins described in JP-A-2001-89533.
- the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the acid-modified epoxy group-containing (co) polymer is not particularly limited, but is usually 3,000 or more, preferably 5,000 or more, and usually 100,000 or less, preferably 50. 5,000 or less, more preferably 30,000 or less, even more preferably 20,000 or less, even more preferably 15,000 or less, and particularly preferably 10,000 or less. There exists a tendency which can improve compatibility by setting it as the said lower limit or more, and there exists a tendency which can ensure solubility by setting it as the said upper limit or less.
- the molecular weight distribution [weight average molecular weight (Mw) / number average molecular weight (Mn)] is preferably 2.0 to 5.0 from the viewpoint of curability.
- the acid value of the acid-modified epoxy group-containing (co) polymer is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5 mgKOH / g or more, more preferably 10 mgKOH / g or more, further preferably 20 mgKOH / g or more, and 150 mgKOH / g or less. Is preferable, 100 mgKOH / g or less is more preferable, and 50 mgKOH / g or less is more preferable. There exists a tendency which can ensure solubility by setting it as the said lower limit or more, and there exists a tendency which can improve a film reduction by setting it as the said upper limit or less.
- carboxyl group and ethylenically unsaturated group-containing resin [1-1-4-c-1] acid-modified epoxy resin
- carboxyl group and ethylenically unsaturated group-containing resin For example, a carboxyl group- and ethylenically unsaturated group-containing epoxy resin obtained by adding a polybasic acid (anhydride) to an ethylenically unsaturated group monocarboxylic acid adduct of an epoxy resin, that is, a so-called epoxy (meth) acrylate resin Is mentioned.
- an ethylenically unsaturated bond is added to the epoxy resin via an ester bond (—COO—) by ring-opening addition of the carboxy group of the ethylenically unsaturated monocarboxylic acid to the epoxy group of the epoxy resin.
- one carboxy group of a polybasic acid (anhydride) is added to the hydroxyl group generated at that time.
- the epoxy resin includes a raw material compound before the resin is formed by thermosetting, and the epoxy resin can be appropriately selected from known epoxy resins.
- the epoxy resin can be appropriately selected from known epoxy resins.
- bisphenol A epoxy resin bisphenol A epoxy resin, phenol novolac epoxy resin, cresol novolac epoxy resin, polymerized epoxy resin of phenol and dicyclopentadiene, 9,9-bis (4′-hydroxyphenyl) fluorene Diglycidyl etherified compounds are preferable, and bisphenol A epoxy resin is more preferable.
- Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated monocarboxylic acid include (meth) acrylic acid, crotonic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, itaconic acid, citraconic acid, and the like, and pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate succinic anhydride adduct , Pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate tetrahydrophthalic anhydride adduct, dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate succinic anhydride adduct, dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate phthalic anhydride adduct, dipentaerythritol penta (meth) Examples thereof include acrylate tetrahydrophthalic anhydride adducts, reaction products of (meth) acrylic acid and ⁇ -caprolactone, and the like. Among these, (meth) acrylic acid is preferable
- polybasic acid examples include succinic acid, maleic acid, itaconic acid, phthalic acid, tetrahydrophthalic acid, 3-methyltetrahydrophthalic acid, 4-methyltetrahydrophthalic acid, and 3-ethyltetrahydrophthalic acid.
- merit acid benzophenone tetracarboxylic acid, biphenyl tetracarboxylic acid, and anhydrides thereof.
- succinic anhydride maleic anhydride, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, or hexahydrophthalic anhydride is preferred from the viewpoint of image reproducibility, developability, and reduction of outgas generation, and succinic anhydride or tetrahydrophthalic acid is preferred.
- An acid anhydride is more preferable, and a succinic anhydride is still more preferable.
- the acid value of the acid-modified epoxy resin in the present invention is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10 mgKOH / g or more, more preferably 20 mgKOH / g or more, further preferably 30 mgKOH / g or more, and preferably 200 mgKOH / g or less, 180 mgKOH / g or less is more preferred, 150 mgKOH / g or less is more preferred, 100 mgKOH / g or less is more preferred, and 80 mgKOH / g or less is particularly preferred.
- the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the acid-modified epoxy resin is not particularly limited, but is usually 1,000 or more, preferably 2,000 or more, more preferably 3,000 or more, further preferably 4,000 or more, and more Preferably it is 5,000 or more, Especially preferably, it is 6,000 or more, Usually, 30,000 or less, Preferably it is 20,000 or less, More preferably, it is 15,000 or less, More preferably, it is 10,000 or less. There exists a tendency which can improve adhesiveness by setting it as the said lower limit or more, and there exists a tendency which can maintain appropriate solubility by setting it as the said upper limit or less.
- the acid-modified epoxy resin can be synthesized by a conventionally known method. Specifically, the epoxy resin is dissolved in an organic solvent, and in the presence of a catalyst and a thermal polymerization inhibitor, the ethylenically unsaturated monocarboxylic acid is added to cause addition reaction, and further a polybasic acid (anhydride) is added. The method of continuing the reaction can be used.
- examples of the organic solvent used in the reaction include one or more organic solvents such as methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, diethylene glycol ethyl ether acetate, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate.
- examples of the catalyst include tertiary amines such as triethylamine, benzyldimethylamine, and tribenzylamine, and tertiary amines such as tetramethylammonium chloride, methyltriethylammonium chloride, tetraethylammonium chloride, tetrabutylammonium chloride, and trimethylbenzylammonium chloride.
- thermal polymerization inhibitor examples include one or more of hydroquinone, hydroquinone monomethyl ether, methyl hydroquinone and the like.
- the amount of the ethylenically unsaturated monocarboxylic acid used is usually 0.7 to 1.3 chemical equivalents, preferably 0.9 to 1.1 chemical equivalents relative to one chemical equivalent of the epoxy group of the epoxy resin.
- the amount can be.
- the temperature during the addition reaction is usually 60 to 150 ° C., preferably 80 to 120 ° C.
- the polybasic acid (anhydride) is used in an amount of usually 0.1 to 1.2 chemical equivalents, preferably 0.2 to 1.1, based on 1 chemical equivalent of the hydroxyl group generated in the addition reaction.
- the amount can be a chemical equivalent.
- the acid-modified epoxy resin may include one type of resin, or may include two or more types of resins.
- R 111 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, and n 111 represents an integer of 0 to 20.
- R 121 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, and n 121 represents an integer of 0 to 20.
- R 131 independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, and m 131 and n 131 each independently represents an integer of 0 to 20. In addition, m131 and n131 mean the number of repeating units, and do not indicate that it is a block copolymer.
- ⁇ represents a single bond, —CO—, —CH 2 —, —C (CH 3 ) 2 —, a group represented by the following formula ( ⁇ ), or a group represented by the following formula ( ⁇ ).
- ⁇ represents a hydrogen atom or a polybasic acid residue.
- each R 141 independently represents an alkyl group or a halogen atom, and each p independently represents an integer of 0 to 4.
- R 161 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, and n 161 represents an integer of 0 to 20.
- A represents a group represented by the following general formula ( ⁇ ).
- R 171 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
- R 172 represents an alkylene group
- m 171 represents an integer of 0 to 10.
- ⁇ represents a hydrogen atom or a polybasic acid residue.
- a carboxyl group- and ethylenically unsaturated group-containing resin for example, a polybasic acid (anhydride) is added to an ethylenically unsaturated group-containing epoxy compound adduct of a phenol resin. And phenolic resins containing carboxyl groups and ethylenically unsaturated groups. That is, the epoxy group of an epoxy compound containing an ethylenically unsaturated group is ring-opened and added to the phenolic hydroxyl group of the phenol resin, thereby adding an ethylenically unsaturated bond to the phenol resin via an ester bond (—COO—).
- one carboxy group of a polybasic acid (anhydride) is added to the hydroxyl group generated at that time.
- phenol resin for example, phenol, o-cresol, m-cresol, p-cresol, 2,5-xylenol, 3,5-xylenol, o-ethylphenol, m-ethylphenol, p-ethylphenol Propylphenol, n-butylphenol, tert-butylphenol, 1-naphthol, 2-naphthol, 4,4′-biphenyldiol, bisphenol-A, pyrocatechol, resorcinol, hydroquinone, pyrogallol, 1,2,4-benzenetriol, At least one of phenols such as benzoic acid, 4-hydroxyphenylacetic acid, salicylic acid, phloroglucinol and the like is reacted with acid catalyst, for example, formaldehyde, paraformaldehyde, acetaldehyde, paraaldehyde, propiona In place of an alde
- the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of these novolak resins and resol resins is usually 1,000 to 20,000, preferably 1,000 to 10,000, and more preferably 1,000 to 8,000. .
- Mw weight average molecular weight
- the image strength tends to be ensured
- the weight average molecular weight is at the upper limit value or less, developability tends to be ensured.
- Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing epoxy compound include glycidyl (meth) acrylate, (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) methyl (meth) acrylate, glycidyloxy (poly) alkylene glycol (meth) acrylate, and methyl glycidyl (meth). Acrylate, (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) vinyl and the like. Of these, glycidyl (meth) acrylate and (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) methyl (meth) acrylate are particularly preferable.
- a known method can be used for the reaction of the novolak resin, the resole resin, etc. with the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing epoxy compound.
- tertiary amines such as triethylamine and benzylmethylamine
- quaternary ammonium salts such as dodecyltrimethylammonium chloride, tetramethylammonium chloride, tetraethylammonium chloride and benzyltriethylammonium chloride, pyridine, triphenylphosphine, etc.
- an ethylenically unsaturated group-containing epoxy compound can be added to a novolac resin, a resole resin or the like.
- the amount of the catalyst used is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, particularly preferably 0.3 to 5%, based on the reaction raw material mixture (total of novolak resin, resol resin and ethylenically unsaturated group-containing epoxy compound). % By mass.
- one or more polymerization inhibitors eg, methoquinone, hydroquinone, methylhydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, pyrogallol, tert-butylcatechol, dibutylhydroxytoluene, phenothiazine, etc.
- a polymerization inhibitor eg, methoquinone, hydroquinone, methylhydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, pyrogallol, tert-butylcatechol, dibutylhydroxytoluene, phenothiazine, etc.
- a preferred ratio of adding an ethylenically unsaturated group-containing epoxy compound to a phenolic hydroxyl group such as a novolak resin or a resole resin is 1 to 99 mol%. This ratio can be adjusted by the amount of the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing epoxy compound added to the phenolic hydroxyl group.
- polybasic acid for example, known ones can be used, such as maleic acid, succinic acid, itaconic acid, phthalic acid, tetrahydrophthalic acid, hexahydrophthalic acid, methylendomethylenetetrahydrophthalic acid, chlorend Acid, methyltetrahydrophthalic acid, 5-norbornene-2,3-dicarboxylic acid, dibasic carboxylic acid such as methyl-5-norbornene-2,3-dicarboxylic acid or its anhydride, trimellitic acid, pyromellitic acid, Examples thereof include polybasic carboxylic acids such as benzophenone tetracarboxylic acid and biphenyl tetracarboxylic acid or anhydrides thereof. Among these, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride or succinic anhydride is preferable. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- the addition rate of the polybasic acid (anhydride) is usually 10 to 100 mol%, preferably 20 to 100 mol%, based on the hydroxyl group of the reaction product of the novolak resin, resol resin, etc. and the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing epoxy compound. 30 to 100 mol% is preferred. By making this addition rate within the above range, developability tends to be easily secured.
- alkali-soluble resin a weak alkaline alkaline compound developer in the case where a partition wall is to be provided on an organic electric field element of a substrate that easily deteriorates against an alkaline developer.
- alkali-soluble resin examples include polyvinyl alcohol or the [1-1-4-a-1] carboxyl group-containing (co) polymer (1).
- Vinyl alcohol is preferably used.
- the ethylenically unsaturated monocarboxylic acids (preferred examples) mentioned in the above [1-1-4-c-1] acid-modified epoxy resins are mentioned.
- a compound having an acrylamide group and an aldehyde group include 4-acryloyloxybutanal) or a dialkyl acetate
- Modified polyvinyl having 0.1 to 30 mol%, preferably 0.5 to 20 mol%, of a group-containing compound (preferred example is N- (2,2-dimethoxyethyl) methacrylamide) introduced by a formal reaction Alcohol or the like is preferably used.
- (C) Among the above-mentioned alkali-soluble resins, (C-2) a carboxyl group-containing (co) polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain, or (C -3) A carboxyl group and ethylenically unsaturated group-containing resin is preferred, (C-3) a carboxyl group and ethylenically unsaturated group-containing resin is more preferred, and an acid-modified epoxy resin is more preferred. Moreover, what was mentioned as (C) alkali-soluble resin in a 1st aspect can also be used.
- the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the above (C) alkali-soluble resin is not particularly limited, but is preferably 2,000 or more, more preferably 3,000 or more, further preferably 5,000 or more, and particularly preferably 7,000 or more.
- Mw weight average molecular weight
- 50,000 or less is preferable
- 30,000 or less is more preferable
- 20,000 or less is more preferable
- 10,000 or less is particularly preferable.
- the acid value of the (C) alkali-soluble resin is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10 mgKOH / g or more, more preferably 20 mgKOH / g or more, more preferably 30 mgKOH / g or more, and preferably 200 mgKOH / g or less, 150 mgKOH / g.
- the following is more preferable, 100 mgKOH / g or less is further preferable, 70 mgKOH / g or less is further more preferable, and 50 mgKOH / g or less is particularly preferable.
- the content ratio of the (C) alkali-soluble resin in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention according to the second aspect is usually 5% by mass or more, preferably 10% by mass or more, more preferably based on the total solid content. 20% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, particularly preferably 40% by mass or more, and usually 90% by mass or less, preferably 70% by mass or less, more preferably 60% by mass or less, particularly preferably 50% by mass. It is as follows. When it is at least the lower limit, moderate development solubility and sensitivity tend to be obtained, and when it is at most the upper limit, moderate development solubility and sensitivity tend to be obtained.
- the content ratio of (A) ethylenically unsaturated compound and (C) alkali-soluble resin in the total solid content is usually 5% by mass or more, preferably 10% by mass or more, more preferably, based on the total solid content. 30% by mass or more, more preferably 50% by mass or more, still more preferably 70% by mass or more, particularly preferably 80% by mass or more, most preferably 85% by mass or more, and usually 99% by mass or less. Preferably it is 97 mass% or less, More preferably, it is 95 mass% or less. When it is at least the lower limit, moderate development solubility and sensitivity tend to be obtained, and when it is at most the upper limit, moderate development solubility and sensitivity tend to be obtained.
- the blending ratio of (C) alkali-soluble resin to (A) ethylenically unsaturated compound in the photosensitive resin composition is (C) alkali-soluble with respect to 100 parts by mass of (A) ethylenically unsaturated compound.
- 50 parts by mass or more of the resin is preferable, 60 parts by mass or more is more preferable, 70 parts by mass or more is further preferable, 80 parts by mass or more is particularly preferable, 400 parts by mass or less is preferable, 300 parts by mass or less is more preferable, 200
- the amount is more preferably equal to or less than mass parts, and particularly preferably equal to or less than 100 mass parts. When the amount is not less than the lower limit value, the substrate adhesion tends to be strong, and when the value is not more than the upper limit value, the curability becomes high and the minimum exposure amount required for producing liquid repellency becomes low. Tend.
- the photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition of the present invention may contain (D) a liquid repellent agent.
- a liquid repellent agent when an organic electroluminescent device is produced by an ink jet method, it is preferable to contain (D) a liquid repellent, and (D) it can impart liquid repellency to the surface of the partition wall by containing the liquid repellent. It is considered that the obtained partition wall can prevent color mixing for each light emitting portion (pixel) of the organic layer.
- liquid repellent examples include a silicone-containing compound and a fluorine-based compound, and preferably include a liquid repellent having a crosslinking group (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “crosslinking group-containing liquid repellent”).
- crosslinking group-containing liquid repellent examples include an epoxy group or an ethylenically unsaturated group, and an ethylenically unsaturated group is preferable from the viewpoint of suppressing the outflow of the liquid repellent component of the developer.
- the fluorine compound tends to be aligned on the surface of the partition wall and function to prevent ink bleeding and color mixing. More specifically, the group having a fluorine atom tends to function to repel ink and prevent ink bleeding and color mixing due to the ink entering the adjacent region beyond the partition wall.
- crosslinkable group-containing liquid repellent particularly the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing fluorine-based compound
- the crosslinkable group-containing liquid repellent particularly the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing fluorine-based compound
- the crosslinkable group-containing liquid repellent particularly the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing fluorine-based compound
- the crosslinkable group-containing liquid repellent particularly the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing fluorine-based compound
- the crosslinkable group-containing liquid repellent particularly the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing fluorine-based compound
- perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid
- perfluoroalkylalkylene oxide adduct perfluoroalkyltrialkylammonium
- oligomer containing perfluoroalkyl group and hydrophilic group oligomer containing perfluoroalkyl group and lipophilic group, oligomer containing perfluoroalkyl group and hydrophilic group and new oil group, urethane containing perfluoroalkyl group and hydrophilic group, Fluorine-containing organic compounds such as perfluoroalkyl esters and perfluoroalkyl phosphates can be mentioned.
- the fluorine atom content in the liquid repellent is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass or more, and 50% by mass or less. Is preferable, and 25 mass% or less is more preferable. By setting it to the lower limit value or more, there is a tendency that the outflow to the pixel portion can be suppressed.
- the molecular weight of the liquid repellent is not particularly limited, and may be a low molecular weight compound or a high molecular weight substance.
- the high molecular weight liquid repellent is preferable because the flow of the liquid repellent due to post-baking is suppressed, and thus the outflow of the liquid repellent from the bank can be suppressed.
- the number average molecular weight of the liquid repellent is 100. The above is preferable, 500 or more is more preferable, 100,000 or less is preferable, and 10,000 or less is more preferable.
- the content ratio of (D) the liquid repellent in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is usually 0.01% by mass or more, preferably 0.1% by mass or more, and usually 1% by mass or less, based on the total solid content. , Preferably 0.5% by mass or less, more preferably 0.3% by mass or less.
- a surfactant may be used together with (D) the liquid repellent, and a surfactant may be used instead of (D) the liquid repellent.
- the surfactant can be used for the purpose of improving the coating property of the photosensitive resin composition for forming a partition wall and improving the developability of the coating film, among which a fluorine-based or silicone-based surfactant is preferable.
- a silicone-based surfactant is preferable because it has an action of removing the residue of the photosensitive resin composition from the unexposed area and also has a function of expressing wettability.
- a surfactant is more preferred.
- a compound having a fluoroalkyl or fluoroalkylene group at least at any one of the terminal, main chain and side chain is suitable.
- BM-1000 and “BM-1100” manufactured by BM Chemie “Megafuck F142D”, “Megafuck F172”, “Megafuck F173”, “Megafuck F183” manufactured by DIC ”,“ Megafuck F470 ”,“ Megafuck F475 ”,“ FC430 ”manufactured by 3M Japan,“ DFX-18 ”manufactured by Neos, and the like.
- silicone surfactant examples include “DC3PA”, “SH7PA”, “DC11PA”, “SH21PA”, “SH28PA”, “SH29PA”, “8032Additive”, “SH8400” manufactured by Toray Dow Corning, Commercial products such as “BYK323” and “BYK330” manufactured by Big Chemie may be mentioned.
- Surfactants may include those other than fluorosurfactants and silicone surfactants, and other surfactants include nonionic, anionic, cationic, amphoteric surfactants and the like. It is done.
- nonionic surfactant examples include polyoxyethylene alkyl ethers, polyoxyethylene polyoxypropylene alkyl ethers, polyoxyethylene alkylphenyl ethers, polyoxyethylene alkyl esters, polyoxyethylene fatty acid esters, Glycerin fatty acid esters, polyoxyethylene glycerin fatty acid esters, pentaerythritol fatty acid esters, polyoxyethylene pentaerythritol fatty acid esters, sorbitan fatty acid esters, polyoxyethylene sorbitan fatty acid esters, sorbit fatty acid esters, polyoxy And ethylene sorbite fatty acid esters.
- examples of these commercially available products include polyoxyethylene surfactants such as “Emulgen 104P” and “Emulgen A60” manufactured by Kao Corporation.
- anionic surfactant examples include alkyl sulfonates, alkyl benzene sulfonates, alkyl naphthalene sulfonates, polyoxyethylene alkyl ether sulfonates, alkyl sulfates, alkyl sulfate esters, and higher alcohol sulfates.
- special polymer surfactants are preferable, and special polycarboxylic acid type polymer surfactants are more preferable.
- Commercially available products can be used as such anionic surfactants, such as “Emar 10” manufactured by Kao Corporation for alkyl sulfates, and “Perex NB-L” manufactured by Kao Corporation for alkylnaphthalene sulfonates.
- Specific polymer surfactants include “Homogenol L-18” and “Homogenol L-100” manufactured by Kao Corporation.
- the cationic surfactants include quaternary ammonium salts, imidazoline derivatives, alkylamine salts, and the like, and the amphoteric surfactants include betaine-type compounds, imidazolium salts, imidazolines, amino acids. Etc. Of these, quaternary ammonium salts are preferred, and stearyltrimethylammonium salts are more preferred. Examples of commercially available products include “Acetamine 24” manufactured by Kao Corporation for alkylamine salts, and “Cotamine 24P” and “Cotamin 86W” manufactured by Kao Corporation for quaternary ammonium salts.
- the surfactant may be used in combination of two or more kinds, for example, silicone surfactant / fluorine surfactant, silicone surfactant / special polymer surfactant, fluorine surfactant. / Special polymer surfactant combinations and the like. Of these, a combination of silicone surfactant / fluorine surfactant is preferable.
- silicone surfactant / fluorine surfactant combination for example, “DFX-18” manufactured by Neos, “BYK-300” or “BYK-330” manufactured by Big Chemie / “S-” manufactured by AGC Seimi Chemical Co., Ltd.
- the photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition of the present invention may contain a polymerization inhibitor. It is considered that the taper angle of the obtained partition wall can be increased because it contains a polymerization inhibitor and inhibits radical polymerization.
- the polymerization inhibitor include hydroquinone, hydroquinone monomethyl ether, methylhydroquinone, methoxyphenol, 2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-cresol (BHT) and the like. Among these, hydroquinone or methoxyphenol is preferable from the viewpoint of the ability to inhibit polymerization, and methylhydroquinone is more preferable.
- the polymerization inhibitor preferably contains one or more kinds.
- a polymerization inhibitor may be contained in the resin, which may be used as the polymerization inhibitor of the present invention, or the polymerization inhibitor in the resin.
- the same or different polymerization inhibitor may be added during the production of the photosensitive resin composition.
- the content of the polymerization inhibitor in the photosensitive resin composition is usually 0.0005% by mass or more, preferably 0.001% by mass or more, more preferably 0.005% by mass or more with respect to the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition. It is 01 mass% or more, and is generally 0.3 mass% or less, preferably 0.2 mass% or less, more preferably 0.1 mass% or less. There exists a tendency which can make a taper angle large by setting it as the said lower limit or more, and there exists a tendency which can maintain a high sensitivity by setting it as the said upper limit or less.
- the photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition of the present invention may contain an ultraviolet absorber.
- the ultraviolet absorber is added for the purpose of controlling the photocuring distribution by absorbing a specific wavelength of a light source used for exposure by the ultraviolet absorber.
- an ultraviolet absorber effects such as improving the taper angle shape after development and eliminating the residue remaining in the non-exposed area after development can be obtained.
- the ultraviolet absorber from the viewpoint of inhibiting the light absorption of the initiator, for example, a compound having an absorption maximum between wavelengths of 250 nm to 400 nm can be used.
- ultraviolet absorber examples include benzotriazole compounds, triazine compounds, benzophenone compounds, benzoate compounds, cinnamic acid derivatives, naphthalene derivatives, anthracene and derivatives thereof, dinaphthalene compounds, phenanthroline compounds, dyes, and the like. These ultraviolet absorbers can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- benzotriazole compounds and / or hydroxyphenyltriazine compounds are preferable, and benzotriazole compounds are particularly preferable.
- a benzotriazole compound described by the following general formula (Z1) is preferable from the point of taper shape.
- R 1e and R 2e are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, a group represented by the following general formula (Z2), or the following general formula (Z3 ) Represents a group represented by R 3e represents a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom.
- R 4e represents an alkylene group which may have a substituent
- R 5e represents an alkyl group which may have a substituent
- R 6e represents an alkylene group which may have a substituent
- R 7e represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
- R 1e and R 2e are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, a group represented by General Formula (Z2), or General Formula (Z3). Represents the group represented.
- alkyl group examples include linear, branched or cyclic alkyl groups.
- the number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 2 or more, further preferably 4 or more, preferably 10 or less, more preferably 6 or less, More preferably, it is 4 or less.
- alkyl group examples include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, butyl group, isobutyl group, tert-butyl group and the like. Of these, a tert-butyl group is preferred.
- the substituents that the alkyl group may have include methoxy group, ethoxy group, chloro group, bromo group, fluoro group, hydroxy group, amino group, epoxy group, oligoethylene glycol group, phenyl group, carboxyl group , Acryloyl group, methacryloyl group and the like.
- R 3e represents a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom.
- the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.
- R 3e is preferably a hydrogen atom.
- R 4e represents an alkylene group which may have a substituent.
- alkylene group include linear, branched or cyclic alkylene groups.
- the number of carbon atoms is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, preferably 6 or less, more preferably 4 or less, and still more preferably 3 or less.
- alkylene group examples include methylene group, ethylene group, propylene group, propylene group, butylene group and the like. Among these, an ethylene group is preferable.
- substituent that the alkylene group may have, methoxy group, ethoxy group, chloro group, bromo group, fluoro group, hydroxy group, amino group, epoxy group, oligoethylene glycol group, phenyl group, carboxyl group , Acryloyl group, methacryloyl group and the like.
- R 4e is an ethylene group.
- an alkyl group which may have a substituent is represented.
- the alkyl group include linear, branched or cyclic alkyl groups.
- the number of carbon atoms is preferably 4 or more, more preferably 5 or more, still more preferably 7 or more, and is preferably 15 or less, more preferably 10 or less, More preferably, it is 9 or less.
- alkyl group examples include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a heptyl group, an octyl group, and a nonyl group.
- the substituents that the alkyl group may have include methoxy group, ethoxy group, chloro group, bromo group, fluoro group, hydroxy group, amino group, epoxy group, oligoethylene glycol group, phenyl group, carboxyl group , Acryloyl group, methacryloyl group and the like.
- R 5e is preferably a heptyl group, an octyl group, or a nonyl group.
- R 6e represents an alkylene group which may have a substituent.
- alkylene group include linear, branched or cyclic alkylene groups.
- the carbon number is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, preferably 6 or less, more preferably 4 or less, and still more preferably 3 or less.
- alkylene group examples include methylene group, ethylene group, propylene group, propylene group, butylene group and the like. Among these, an ethylene group is preferable.
- substituent that the alkylene group may have, methoxy group, ethoxy group, chloro group, bromo group, fluoro group, hydroxy group, amino group, epoxy group, oligoethylene glycol group, phenyl group, carboxyl group , Acryloyl group, methacryloyl group and the like.
- R 1e is a tert-butyl group
- R 2e is a group represented by the above formula (Z2) (where R 4e is an ethylene group, R 5e is an alkyl group having 7 to 9 carbon atoms)
- R 3e is a hydrogen atom, or R 1e is a hydrogen atom
- R 2e is a group represented by the above formula (Z3) (where R 6e is an ethylene group, R 7e is a methyl group)
- R 3e is a hydrogen atom
- R 1e is a tert-butyl group
- R 2e is a group represented by the above formula (Z2) (where R 4e is an ethylene group, R 5e is an alkyl group having 7 to 9 carbon atoms)
- R 3e A compound in which is a hydrogen atom is more preferred.
- benzotriazole compound examples include 2- (5-methyl-2-hydroxyphenyl) benzotriazole, 2- (2-hydroxy-5-tert-butylphenyl) -2H-benzotriazole, octyl-3 [3 -Tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-5- (5-chloro-2H-benzotriazol-2-yl) phenyl] propionate and 2-ethylhexyl-3- [3-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-5- (5 -Chloro-2H-benzotriazol-2-yl) phenyl] propionate, 2- [2-hydroxy-3,5-bis ( ⁇ , ⁇ -dimethylbenzyl) phenyl] -2H-benzotriazole, 2- (3 -Tert-butyl-5-methyl-2-hydroxyphenyl) -5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2- (3,5-di-tert-amyl-2-hydroxyphenyl) benzotriazole, 2-
- benzotriazole compounds examples include, for example, Sumisorb 200, Sumisorb 250, Sumisorb 300, Sumisorb 340, Sumisorb 350 (manufactured by Sumitomo Chemical), JF77, JF78, JF79, JF80, JF83 (manufactured by Johoku Chemical Industry), TINUVIN PS, TINUVIN99-2, TINUVIN109, TINUVIN384-2, TINUVIN326, TINUVIN900, TINUVIN928, TINUVIN1130 (manufactured by BASF), EVERSORB70, EVERSORB71, EVERSORB72, EVERSORB74, 75 EVERSORB74, 75 80, EVERSORB81 (manufactured by Yongkou Chemical Industries, Taiwan), Tomisorb 100, Tomisorb 600 (manufactured by API Corporation), SEESORB701, SEESORB702, SEESORB703, SEESORB704, SEESORB706, SEES
- triazine compounds examples include 2- [4,6-di (2,4-xylyl) -1,3,5-triazin-2-yl] -5-octyloxyphenol, 2- [4,6-bis ( 2,4-Dimethylphenyl) -1,3,5-triazin-2-yl] -5- [3- (dodecyloxy) -2-hydroxypropoxy] phenol, 2- (2,4-dihydroxyphenyl) -4 , 6-Bis (2,4-dimethylphenyl) -1,3,5-triazine and (2-ethylhexyl-glycidic acid ester reaction product, 2,4-bis "2-hydroxy-4-butoxyphenyl"- 6- (2,4-dibutoxyphenyl) -1,3-5-triazine, etc.
- hydroxyphenyl triazine compounds are preferred from the viewpoint of taper angle and exposure sensitivity.
- examples of commercially available triazine compounds include TINUVIN 400, TINUVIN 405, TINUVIN 460, TINUVIN 477, and TINUVIN 479 (manufactured by BASF).
- UV absorbers include, for example, Sumisorb 130 (manufactured by Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd.), EVERSORB10, EVERSORB11, EVERSORB12 (manufactured by Eikko Chemical Industries, Ltd.), Tomissorb 800 (manufactured by API Corporation), SESORB100, SESORB101, SESORB101S, SEESORB102, SEESORB102, SEESORB102 Benzophenone compounds such as SEESORB105, SEESORB106, SEESORB107, and SEESORB151 (manufactured by Cypro Kasei); Sumisorb 400 (manufactured by Sumitomo Chemical); benzoate compounds such as phenyl salicylate; 2-ethylhexyl cinnamate, 2-ethylhexyl paramethoxycinnamate, and isopropyl methoxycinnamate , Cinnamic acid derivatives such as isoamyl methoxyc
- the content ratio of the ultraviolet absorber in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is usually 0.01% by mass or more, preferably 0.05% by mass or more, more preferably 0.1% by mass with respect to the total solid content. Or more, more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, particularly preferably 1% by mass or more, and usually 15% by mass or less, preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less, and further preferably 3% by mass. % Or less.
- the taper angle tends to be increased by setting it to the lower limit value or more, and the sensitivity tends to be increased by setting the upper limit value or less.
- (B) As a compounding ratio with respect to a photoinitiator As a compounding ratio with respect to a photoinitiator, it is 1 mass part or more normally, Preferably it is 10 mass parts or more, More preferably 30 parts by mass or more, more preferably 50 parts by mass or more, particularly preferably 80 parts by mass or more, and usually 500 parts by mass or less, preferably 300 parts by mass or less, more preferably 200 parts by mass or less, still more preferably 150 parts by mass. It is as follows. The taper angle tends to be increased by setting it to the lower limit value or more, and the sensitivity tends to be increased by setting the upper limit value or less.
- the photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition of the present invention may contain a thermal polymerization initiator.
- a thermal polymerization initiator By containing a thermal polymerization initiator, there is a tendency that the degree of crosslinking of the film can be increased.
- Specific examples of such a thermal polymerization initiator include azo compounds, organic peroxides, hydrogen peroxide, and the like. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- the total content of these is the photopolymerization initiator in the photosensitive resin composition described above.
- the combined proportion of the photopolymerization initiator and the thermal polymerization initiator is preferably a thermal polymerization initiator with respect to 100 parts by mass of the photopolymerization initiator from the viewpoint of sensitivity.
- the amount is preferably 5 to 300 parts by mass.
- the photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition of the present invention may contain an amino compound in order to promote thermosetting.
- the content ratio of the amino compound in the photosensitive resin composition is usually 40% by mass or less, preferably 30% by mass or less, based on the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition.
- it is 0.5 mass% or more normally, Preferably it is 1 mass% or more.
- the amino compound examples include an amino compound having at least two methylol groups as functional groups and alkoxymethyl groups obtained by condensation condensation with alcohols having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
- melamine resin obtained by polycondensation of melamine and formaldehyde
- benzoguanamine resin obtained by polycondensation of benzoguanamine and formaldehyde
- glycoluril resin obtained by polycondensation of glycoluril and formaldehyde
- urea and formaldehyde examples include polycondensed urea resins; resins obtained by copolycondensation of two or more of melamine, benzoguanamine, glycoluril, urea and the like with formaldehyde; modified resins obtained by alcohol condensation modification of methylol groups of the above-described resins.
- melamine resins and modified resins thereof are preferable, modified resins having a methylol group modification ratio of 70% or more are more preferable, and modified resins of 80% or more are particularly preferable.
- amino compound examples include melamine resins and modified resins thereof, for example, “Cymel” (registered trademark) 300, 301, 303, 350, 736, 738, 370, 771, 325, 327 manufactured by Cytec Corporation, 703, 701, 266, 267, 285, 232, 235, 238, 1141, 272, 254, 202, 1156, 1158, and “Nicarac” (registered trademark) MW-390, MW-100LM manufactured by Sanwa Chemical Co., Ltd. MX-750LM, MW-30M, MX-45, MX-302 and the like.
- Cymel registered trademark 300, 301, 303, 350, 736, 738, 370, 771, 325, 327 manufactured by Cytec Corporation, 703, 701, 266, 267, 285, 232, 235, 238, 1141, 272, 254, 202, 1156, 1158, and “Nicarac” (registered trademark) MW-390, MW-100LM manufactured by Sanw
- Examples of the benzoguanamine resin and modified resins thereof include “Cymel” (registered trademark) 1123, 1125, and 1128 manufactured by Cytec Corporation.
- Examples of the glycoluril resin and its modified resin include “Cymel” (registered trademark) 1170, 1171, 1174, and 1172 manufactured by Cytec, and “Nikarak” (registered trademark) MX manufactured by Sanwa Chemical Co., Ltd. -270 and the like.
- Examples of the urea resin and its modified resin include “UFR” (registered trademark) 65 and 300 manufactured by Cytec, and “Nicarak” (registered trademark) MX-290 manufactured by Sanwa Chemical Co., Ltd. It is done.
- the photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition of the present invention may contain a colorant for the purpose of coloring the partition.
- a colorant known colorants such as pigments and dyes can be used.
- a known dispersant or dispersion aid may be used in combination so that the pigment can be stably present in the photosensitive resin composition without agglomeration.
- by coloring the liquid repellent partition wall black there is an effect that a clear pixel display can be obtained.
- black dyes, black pigments, carbon black, titanium black, and the like as black colorants mixing with organic pigments and coloring them black is also effective as an effect of imparting low conductivity.
- the content of the colorant is usually 60% by mass or less, preferably 40% by mass or less, based on the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition, from the viewpoints of plate making properties and color characteristics.
- the content ratio of the colorant in that case is preferably based on the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition. It is 10 mass% or less, More preferably, it is 5 mass% or less, Most preferably, it is 0 mass%.
- Coatability improver, development improver The photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition according to the present invention includes a coatability improver and a developer for improving coatability and development solubility.
- An improver may be included.
- the coatability improver or development improver for example, known cationic, anionic, nonionic, fluorine-based, and silicone-based surfactants can be used.
- the development improver known ones such as organic carboxylic acids or anhydrides thereof can be used.
- the content rate is 20 mass% or less normally with respect to the total solid of the photosensitive resin composition from a viewpoint of a sensitivity, Preferably it is 10 mass% or less.
- silane coupling agent is preferably added to the photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition wall of the present invention in order to improve adhesion to the substrate.
- Various types of silane coupling agents such as epoxy, methacrylic, amino, and imidazole can be used, and epoxy and imidazole silane coupling agents are particularly preferable from the viewpoint of improving adhesion.
- the content is usually 20% by mass or less, preferably 15% by mass or less, based on the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition, from the viewpoint of adhesion.
- Phosphate adhesion improver A phosphoric acid adhesion improver is added to the photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition wall of the present invention in order to improve adhesion to a substrate. It is also preferable.
- the phosphate-based adhesion improver (meth) acryloyloxy group-containing phosphates are preferable, and those represented by the following general formulas (Va), (Vb), and (Vc) are particularly preferable.
- R 8 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
- r and r ′ are each independently an integer of 1 to 10, and s is 1, 2, or 3. .
- the photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition wall of the present invention further has a moderate interaction with an alkali-soluble resin as well as an improvement in strength as a cured product
- An inorganic filler may be contained for the purpose of improving the flatness and taper angle of the coating film by forming the matrix structure.
- examples of such inorganic fillers include talc, silica, alumina, barium sulfate, magnesium oxide, and those obtained by surface treatment with various silane coupling agents.
- the average particle size of these inorganic fillers is usually 0.005 to 20 ⁇ m, preferably 0.01 to 10 ⁇ m.
- the average particle diameter referred to in the present embodiment is a value measured with a laser diffraction / scattering particle size distribution measuring apparatus such as manufactured by Beckman Coulter.
- silica sol and silica sol-modified product are particularly preferably blended because they tend to be excellent in the effect of improving the taper angle as well as the dispersion stability.
- the content thereof is usually 5% by mass or more, preferably from the viewpoint of sensitivity, based on the total solid content, preferably 5% by mass or more. Is 10% by mass or more, usually 80% by mass or less, preferably 70% by mass or less.
- the photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition of the present invention usually contains a solvent, and is used in a state where each of the aforementioned components is dissolved or dispersed in the solvent (hereinafter referred to as “the solvent”) And a photosensitive resin composition containing a solvent may be referred to as a “photosensitive resin composition solution”).
- the solvent a photosensitive resin composition containing a solvent
- the organic solvent described below is mentioned.
- ethylene glycol monomethyl ether ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monopropyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether, propylene glycol-tert-butyl ether, Diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether, methoxymethylpentanol, dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutanol, 3-methoxy-1-butanol , Triethylene glycol Glycol monoalkyl ethers such as nomethyl ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether, tripropylene glycol methyl ether; ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol diethyl ether;
- Alkoxy carboxylic acids such as butyl chloride and amyl chloride; ether ketones such as methoxymethylpentanone; nitriles such as acetonitrile and benzonitrile: tetrahydrofuran, dimethyl Tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrofuran and the like, such as dimethoxy tetrahydrofuran.
- solvents corresponding to the above include mineral spirits, Valsol # 2, Apco # 18 solvent, Apco thinner, Soal Solvent No. 1 and no. 2, Solvesso # 150, Shell TS28, Solvent, Carbitol, Ethylcarbitol, Butylcarbitol, Methylcellosolve, Ethylcellosolve, Ethylcellosolve acetate, Methylcellosolve acetate, Diglyme (all trade names) and the like.
- the solvent is capable of dissolving or dispersing each component in the photosensitive resin composition, and is selected according to the method of using the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention. It is preferable to select one having a boiling point in the range of 60 to 280 ° C. under atmospheric pressure (101.25 hPa). More preferred are those having a boiling point of 70 ° C. or higher and 260 ° C. or lower.
- propylene glycol monomethyl ether, 3-methoxy-1-butanol, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, and 3-methoxy-1-butyl acetate are preferred.
- These solvents can be used alone or in combination of two or more. These solvents have a total solid content in the photosensitive resin composition solution of usually 10% by mass or more, preferably 15% by mass or more, more preferably 20% by mass or more, and usually 90% by mass or less, preferably Is preferably used in an amount of 50% by mass or less, more preferably 40% by mass or less, and still more preferably 30% by mass or less. When it is at least the lower limit, a coating film tends to be obtained even for a high film thickness, and when it is at most the upper limit, there is a tendency for appropriate coating uniformity to be obtained.
- the physical properties of the photosensitive resin composition for forming organic electroluminescent device partitions of the present invention include, for example, acid value.
- the acid value with respect to the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition is not particularly limited, it is preferably 20 mgKOH / g or more, more preferably 22 mgKOH / g or more, further preferably 24 mgKOH / g or more, 26 mgKOH / g is more preferably 28 mgKOH / g or more, usually 60 mgKOH / g or less, preferably 55 mgKOH / g or less, more preferably 50 mgKOH / g or less, further preferably 40 mgKOH / g or less, 35 mgKOH / g Particularly preferred is g or less.
- the solubility in the developer is high, and the taper angle tends to be
- the photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent device partition of the present invention is prepared by mixing the above components with a stirrer. Is done. In addition, you may filter using a membrane filter etc. so that the prepared photosensitive resin composition may become uniform.
- the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention can be used to form a partition wall, particularly a partition wall for partitioning an organic layer (light emitting part) of an organic electroluminescence device.
- the method for forming the partition (bank) using the photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition described above is not particularly limited, and a conventionally known method can be adopted.
- a method for forming the partition for example, a photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition is applied on a substrate to form a photosensitive resin composition layer, and the photosensitive resin composition layer is exposed. And an exposure step.
- a specific example of such a method for forming the partition wall is a photolithography method.
- a photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition is applied to the entire surface of a substrate where a partition is formed to form a photosensitive resin composition layer.
- the formed photosensitive resin composition layer is exposed according to a predetermined partition wall pattern, and then the exposed photosensitive resin composition layer is developed to form partition walls on the substrate.
- a contact transfer type coating device such as a roll coater, a reverse coater, a bar coater, or a spinner (rotary type) is formed on a substrate on which a partition wall is to be formed.
- the photosensitive resin composition is applied using a non-contact type coating apparatus such as a coating apparatus or a curtain flow coater, and the solvent is removed by drying as necessary to form a photosensitive resin composition layer.
- the photosensitive resin composition is irradiated with active energy rays such as ultraviolet rays and excimer laser light, and the photosensitive resin composition layer is partially coated according to the pattern of the partition walls.
- active energy rays such as ultraviolet rays and excimer laser light
- the photosensitive resin composition layer is partially coated according to the pattern of the partition walls.
- a light source that emits ultraviolet rays such as a high-pressure mercury lamp, an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp, a xenon lamp, or a carbon arc lamp can be used.
- the amount of exposure varies depending on the composition of the photosensitive resin composition, but is preferably about 10 to 400 mJ / cm 2 , for example.
- the photosensitive resin composition layer exposed according to the pattern of the partition is developed with a developer to form the partition.
- the development method is not particularly limited, and an immersion method, a spray method, or the like can be used.
- Specific examples of the developer include organic ones such as dimethylbenzylamine, monoethanolamine, diethanolamine, and triethanolamine, and aqueous solutions such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, ammonia, and quaternary ammonium salts. Can be mentioned.
- An antifoaming agent or a surfactant can also be added to the developer.
- post-baking is applied to the developed partition wall and cured by heating.
- Post baking is preferably performed at 150 to 250 ° C. for 15 to 60 minutes.
- the substrate used for forming the partition wall is not particularly limited, and is appropriately selected according to the type of the organic electroluminescence element manufactured using the substrate on which the partition wall is formed.
- Suitable materials for the substrate include glass and various resin materials.
- Specific examples of the resin material include polyesters such as polyethylene terephthalate; polyolefins such as polyethylene and polypropylene; polycarbonates; poly (meth) methacrylic resins; polysulfones; Among these substrate materials, glass and polyimide are preferable because of excellent heat resistance.
- Organic electroluminescent device of the present invention includes a partition composed of the above-described photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent device partition.
- Various optical elements are manufactured using a substrate having a partition pattern manufactured by the method described above.
- the method of forming the organic electroluminescent element is not particularly limited, but preferably, after forming a partition pattern on the substrate by the above method, ink is injected into a region surrounded by the partition on the substrate to form pixels or the like.
- An organic electroluminescent element is manufactured by forming an organic layer.
- Examples of the type of organic electroluminescent element include a bottom emission type and a top emission type.
- a partition is formed on a glass substrate on which transparent electrodes are stacked, and a hole transport layer, a light emitting layer, an electron transport layer, and a metal electrode layer are stacked in an opening surrounded by the partition.
- the top emission type for example, a partition is formed on a glass substrate on which a metal electrode layer is stacked, and an electron transport layer, a light emitting layer, a hole transport layer, and a transparent electrode layer are stacked in an opening surrounded by the partition. Is produced.
- examples of the light emitting layer include organic electroluminescent layers as described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-146691 and Japanese Patent No. 5734681. Further, quantum dots as described in Japanese Patent No. 5653387 and Japanese Patent No. 5653101 may be used.
- the solvent used when forming the ink for forming the organic layer water, an organic solvent, and a mixed solvent thereof can be used.
- the organic solvent is not particularly limited as long as it can be removed from the film formed after the ink is injected.
- Specific examples of the organic solvent include toluene, xylene, anisole, mesitylene, tetralin, cyclohexylbenzene, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, methanol, ethanol, isopropyl alcohol, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, 3-phenoxytoluene, etc. Is mentioned.
- a surfactant, an antioxidant, a viscosity modifier, an ultraviolet absorber, and the like can be added to the ink.
- an ink jet method is preferable because a small amount of ink can be easily injected into a predetermined location.
- the ink used for forming the organic layer is appropriately selected according to the type of the organic electroluminescent element to be produced.
- the viscosity of the ink is not particularly limited as long as the ink can be discharged well from the ink jet head, but is preferably 4 to 20 mPa ⁇ s, and more preferably 5 to 10 mPa ⁇ s.
- the viscosity of the ink can be adjusted by adjusting the solid content in the ink, changing the solvent, adding a viscosity modifier, or the like.
- the image display device of the present invention includes the organic electroluminescence device described above.
- the type and structure of the image display device are not particularly limited.
- the active display organic electroluminescent element can be used for assembly according to a conventional method.
- the image display device of the present invention is formed by a method as described in “Organic EL Display” (Ohm, published on August 20, 2004, by Shizushi Tokito, Chiba Adachi, and Hideyuki Murata). can do.
- an organic electroluminescent element that emits white light and a color filter may be combined to display an image, or organic electroluminescent elements having different emission colors such as RGB may be combined to display an image.
- the illumination of the present invention includes the above-described organic electroluminescent element.
- the organic electroluminescence element may be a simple matrix driving method or an active matrix driving method.
- an organic electroluminescent element that emits white light may be used.
- organic electroluminescent elements having different emission colors may be combined so that each color is mixed to become white, or the color mixing ratio can be adjusted to provide a color adjustment function.
- a-1 Dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate (DPHA) (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.)
- b-1 2,2′-bis (2-chlorophenyl) -4,4 ′, 5,5′-tetraphenyl-1,2′-biimidazole (manufactured by Hodogaya Chemical Co., Ltd.)
- b-2 Irgacure 369 (manufactured by BASF, compound having the following chemical structure)
- d-1 Megafax RS-72-K (manufactured by DIC, fluorine-based oligomer having an ethylenic double bond)
- e-1 2-mercaptobenzimidazole (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)
- e-2 Pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptopropionate) (manufactured by Sakai Chemical Co., Ltd.)
- f-1 TINUVIN 384-2 (manufactured by BASF, UV absorber)
- g-1 KAYAMER PM-21 (Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.)
- c-1 The following ethylenically unsaturated group-containing alkali-soluble resin (corresponding to epoxy (meth) acrylate resin (c1-1)) 100 parts by weight of a bisphenol A type epoxy compound represented by the following formula (epoxy equivalent 186 g / eq, a mixture of n in the formula of 1 to 20), 40 parts by weight of acrylic acid, 0.06 parts by weight of p-methoxyphenol, The reaction vessel was charged with 2.4 parts by mass of triphenylphosphine and 126 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, and stirred at 95 ° C. until the acid value became 5 mgKOH / g or less.
- a bisphenol A type epoxy compound represented by the following formula (epoxy equivalent 186 g / eq, a mixture of n in the formula of 1 to 20), 40 parts by weight of acrylic acid, 0.06 parts by weight of p-methoxyphenol
- c-2 The following acrylic copolymer resin (corresponding to (c2) acrylic copolymer resin)
- a copolymer resin having tricyclodecane methacrylate / styrene / glycidyl methacrylate (molar ratio: 0.032 / 0.069 / 0.899) as a constituent monomer is subjected to an addition reaction with an equal amount of acrylic acid and glycidyl methacrylate, and further succinic anhydride is added.
- the solvent is propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate.
- the weight average molecular weight (Mw) in terms of polystyrene measured by GPC was 4,800, and the solid content acid value was 62.1 mgKOH / g.
- c-3 The following acrylic copolymer resin A copolymer resin containing tricyclodecane methacrylate / styrene / glycidyl methacrylate (molar ratio: 0.3 / 0.1 / 0.6) as a constituent monomer and acrylic acid as glycidyl methacrylate An alkali-soluble acrylic copolymer resin (c-3) solution in which tetrahydrophthalic anhydride was further added in an equivalent amount to a molar ratio of 0.39 with respect to 1 mol of the copolymer resin.
- the solvent is propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate.
- Mw weight average molecular weight in terms of polystyrene measured by GPC was 8,400, and the solid content acid value was 81.4 mgKOH / g.
- the acid value can be measured by the method described in JIS K 0070-1992.
- the acid value of the photosensitive resin composition may be calculated from the acid value and content of an acid group-containing component such as a resin.
- Each partition wall-forming photosensitive resin composition was applied on a glass substrate using a spinner so as to have a thickness of 1.7 ⁇ m after heat curing. Thereafter, it was dried by heating on a hot plate at 95 ° C. for 2 minutes, and the resulting coating film was exposed at an exposure amount of 100 mJ / cm 2 without using a mask. At this time, the intensity at a wavelength of 365 nm was 7.5 mW / cm 2 . Subsequently, after spray development for 60 seconds with 2.38 mass% TMAH (tetramethylammonium hydroxide) aqueous solution of 24 degreeC, it wash
- TMAH tetramethylammonium hydroxide
- the produced gas amount measurement substrate (40 mm ⁇ 8 mm, 4 pieces) was analyzed with GC / MS (manufactured by Agilent Technologies, trade name “5973N”) when the outgas was heated in a heating furnace at 230 ° C. for 20 minutes.
- the total area of all detected peak components was calculated. However, the calculation was performed excluding the peak corresponding to tetramethylammonium derived from the aqueous solution of TMAH (tetramethylammonium hydroxide).
- TMAH tetramethylammonium hydroxide
- the results are shown in Table 1.
- the calibration curve was prepared by measuring GC / MS using toluene having a known concentration and plotting the amount of toluene
- Each partition wall-forming photosensitive resin composition was applied on a glass substrate using a spinner so as to have a thickness of 1.7 ⁇ m after heat curing. Thereafter, it was dried by heating on a hot plate at 95 ° C. for 2 minutes, and the resulting coating film was exposed at an exposure amount of 100 mJ / cm 2 without using a mask. At this time, the intensity at a wavelength of 365 nm was 7.5 mW / cm 2 . Subsequently, after spray development for 60 seconds with 2.38 mass% TMAH (tetramethylammonium hydroxide) aqueous solution of 24 degreeC, it wash
- TMAH tetramethylammonium hydroxide
- the contact angle was measured with a Drop Master 500 contact angle measuring device manufactured by Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd. under conditions of 23 ° C. and 50% humidity. 0.7 ⁇ L of propylene glycol methyl ether acetate was dropped on the cured product of the substrate for contact angle measurement, and the contact angle after 1 second was measured. The measurement results are shown in Table 1. A larger contact angle represents higher liquid repellency.
- Partition wall formation and performance evaluation were performed by the methods described below.
- a photosensitive resin composition for forming each partition wall was applied on the ITO film of a glass substrate having an ITO film formed on the surface so as to have a thickness of 1.7 ⁇ m after heat curing. Thereafter, the film was dried by heating on a hot plate at 95 ° C. for 2 minutes.
- a photomask (a mask having a plurality of covering portions of 80 ⁇ m ⁇ 280 ⁇ m at intervals of 10 ⁇ m) was used for the obtained coating film at an exposure gap of 16 ⁇ m at a wavelength of 365 nm.
- Exposure was performed using ultraviolet rays having an intensity of 7.5 mW / cm 2 so that the exposure amount was 100 mJ / cm 2 .
- the ultraviolet irradiation at this time was performed under air.
- the film was spray-developed with a 2.38 mass% TMAH (tetramethylammonium hydroxide) aqueous solution at 24 ° C. for 60 seconds, and then washed with pure water for 1 minute. By these operations, unnecessary portions were removed and the substrate on which the pattern was formed was heat-cured in an oven at 230 ° C. for 30 minutes to form lattice-like partition walls.
- TMAH tetramethylammonium hydroxide
- a tangent line between the hypotenuse and the boundary surface S is defined as T, and an angle formed by the tangent line T and the boundary surface S is measured to obtain a taper angle.
- the larger the taper angle the better the developability and the less likely the residue is generated.
- each partition wall forming photosensitive resin composition of Examples 1 and 2 was applied so as to have a thickness of 1.7 ⁇ m after heat curing. . Thereafter, the same exposure except that a photomask (a mask having a plurality of covering portions of 80 ⁇ m ⁇ 280 ⁇ m at intervals of 40 ⁇ m) was used for the coating film obtained by heating and drying on a hot plate under the same conditions as described above. Then, development and heat curing were performed to form a lattice-like partition wall.
- a photomask a mask having a plurality of covering portions of 80 ⁇ m ⁇ 280 ⁇ m at intervals of 40 ⁇ m
- the cross-sectional shape of the partition walls was observed using a scanning electron microscope (SEM, manufactured by Keyence Corporation), and the taper angle and line width were measured.
- the line width was 40 ⁇ m in both Examples 1 and 2.
- Example 1 and 2 were 100%.
- the area of the opening is a relative value with respect to the area of the corresponding mask shielding part. The smaller the taper angle, the larger the line width of the partition wall and the smaller the area of the opening.
- the outgas amount of the substrate obtained by using the photosensitive resin composition for forming partition walls containing alkali-soluble resins (c-1) and (c-2) to which succinic acid was added as in Examples 1 to 5 Is significantly less than that of the substrate obtained using the photosensitive resin composition for forming a partition wall containing the alkali-soluble resin (c-3) to which tetrahydrophthalic acid is added as in Comparative Example 1. all right.
- the photosensitive resin composition for barrier rib formation containing the alkali-soluble resin added with an acid having a short carbon chain such as succinic acid is more alkali-soluble resin added with an acid having a long carbon chain such as tetrahydrophthalic acid. It was confirmed that the amount of outgas was smaller in the gas measurement conditions of heating at 230 ° C. after the heat curing by post baking at 230 ° C. for 30 minutes than the photosensitive resin composition for forming a partition wall. This is presumably because an acid having a short carbon chain such as succinic acid is decomposed and removed at the time of post-baking, and no acid-derived gas is generated even when heated at 230 ° C. after that.
- the photosensitive resin composition containing the chain transfer agent as in Example 5 has a sufficient taper angle compared to the photosensitive resin composition not containing the chain transfer agent as in Comparative Example 2. It turned out to be bigger.
- a chain transfer agent radical deactivation in the vicinity of the surface due to oxygen inhibition or the like is improved, surface curability is increased, and the taper angle is increased. It was also found that the contact angle was sufficiently large so that the ink can be applied without breaking even in the ink jet application.
- the chain transfer agent it is considered that the outflow of the liquid repellent could be suppressed by increasing the surface curability and the liquid repellent could be fixed near the surface.
- Example 2 is more preferable than Example 1. It is thought that the taper angle has increased.
- a-11 Mixture of the following ethylenically unsaturated compounds [(A1) ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group and (A2) ethylenically unsaturated compound having no acid group]
- a mixture of pentaerythritol triacrylate and pentaerythritol tetraacrylate (hydroxyl value 113 mg KOH / g)
- 148 parts by mass of phthalic anhydride 2.5 parts by mass of triethylamine
- 0.25 parts by mass of hydroquinone at 100 ° C.
- a mixture a-11 containing pentaerythritol triacrylate modified with phthalic anhydride and pentaerythritol tetraacrylate shown in the following at 70:30 (mass ratio) was obtained.
- a-12 Mixture of the following ethylenically unsaturated compounds [(A1) ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group and (A2) ethylenically unsaturated compound having no acid group]
- a mixture of pentaerythritol triacrylate and pentaerythritol tetraacrylate (hydroxyl value 100 mg KOH / g)
- succinic anhydride 2.5 parts by mass of triethylamine
- 0.25 parts by mass of hydroquinone 100 ° C.
- a mixture a-12 containing succinic anhydride-modified pentaerythritol triacrylate and pentaerythritol tetraacrylate shown below at 60:40 (mass ratio) was obtained.
- a-13 Mixture of the following ethylenically unsaturated compounds [(A1) ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group and (A2) ethylenically unsaturated compound having no acid group]
- a mixture of succinic anhydride-modified dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate, dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate, and dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate shown below at 25:25:50 (mass ratio).
- PE-4A Pentaerythritol tetraacrylate
- B-1 2,2'-bis (2-chlorophenyl) -4,4 ', 5,5'-tetraphenyl-1,2'-biimidazole (Hodogaya Chemical Co., Ltd.)
- ethylenically unsaturated group-containing resin 100 parts by weight of a bisphenol A type epoxy compound represented by the following formula (epoxy equivalent 186 g / eq, a mixture of n in the formula of 1 to 20), 40 parts by weight of acrylic acid, 0.06 parts by weight of p-methoxyphenol,
- the reaction vessel was charged with 2.4 parts by mass of triphenylphosphine and 126 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, and stirred at 95 ° C. until the acid value became 5 mgKOH / g or less.
- d-1 Megafax RS-72-K (manufactured by DIC, fluorine-based oligomer having an ethylenic double bond)
- e-1 2-mercaptobenzimidazole (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)
- e-2 Pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptopropionate) (manufactured by Sakai Chemical Co., Ltd.)
- f-1 TINUVIN 384-2 (manufactured by BASF, UV absorber)
- g-1 KAYAMER PM-21 (Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.)
- the substrate coated with the photosensitive resin composition for forming each partition so as to have a thickness of 1.5 ⁇ m after heat curing is used for forming the partition.
- Ten sheets were prepared for each photosensitive resin composition. Then heated and dried for 2 minutes on a hot plate at 100 ° C., the resulting coating film without using a mask, the exposure amount for each substrate instead of 50 mJ / cm 2 every range of 50 ⁇ 500 mJ / cm 2 Exposed. At this time, the intensity at a wavelength of 365 nm was 40 mW / cm 2 .
- TMAH tetramethylammonium hydroxide
- the exposure amount at which liquid repellency occurs varies depending on the composition.
- the exposure amount at which the liquid repellency is generated represents an exposure amount at which the contact angle of the obtained cured product is 10 degrees or more.
- the contact angle with respect to propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was measured using the above-mentioned contact angle measurement substrate, and a substrate having a contact angle of 10 degrees or more was specified. Table 2 shows the minimum exposure value among the exposure doses during the production of these substrates.
- the contact angle was measured with a Drop Master 500 contact angle measuring device manufactured by Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd. under conditions of 23 ° C. and 50% humidity.
- a photosensitive resin composition for forming each partition wall was applied on the ITO film of a glass substrate having an ITO film formed on the surface so as to have a thickness of 1.5 ⁇ m after heat curing. Thereafter, it was dried by heating on a hot plate at 100 ° C. for 2 minutes. The obtained coating film was exposed using a photomask. The exposure amount was the minimum exposure amount that caused liquid repellency, and the exposure gap was 16 ⁇ m.
- a mask having a lattice-like opening (a mask having a plurality of covering portions of 80 ⁇ m ⁇ 280 ⁇ m at intervals of 40 ⁇ m) was used.
- development was performed with a TMAH aqueous solution, followed by heat curing to obtain a lattice-like partition wall.
- inkjet application suitability evaluation In the substrate having the lattice-like partition walls described above, inkjet coating was applied to the light emitting portion (pixel portion) surrounded by the grid-like partition walls using DMP-2831 manufactured by Fuji Film. As the ink, a solvent (isoamyl benzoate) was used alone and applied at 40 pL per pixel portion to evaluate the wettability. As the entire area of the pixel portion gets wet and spreads, there are fewer residues at the time of manufacturing the partition walls, and the developability is better.
- ⁇ Ink spread throughout the pixel area.
- X A part where the ink did not spread partially occurred in the pixel portion.
- each partition wall-forming photosensitive resin composition was applied to a thickness of 1.5 ⁇ m after heat curing on the ITO film of a glass substrate having an ITO film formed on the surface. Thereafter, the film was heated and dried on a hot plate at 100 ° C. for 2 minutes, and the obtained coating film was exposed without using a mask at the minimum exposure amount at which the liquid repellency described above was generated. At this time, the intensity at a wavelength of 365 nm was 40 mW / cm 2 . Next, as with the contact angle measurement substrate preparation, development was performed with a TMAH aqueous solution, followed by heat curing in an oven at 230 ° C. for 30 minutes to obtain a gas amount measurement substrate on which a cured product was formed.
- the partition walls obtained from the photosensitive resin composition of each experimental example containing an ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group in a specific ratio have good ink jet coating suitability and a low outgas amount. It was. This is because, by using an ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group with excellent solubility, the occurrence of residue in the pixel portion is suppressed and the ink jet characteristics are improved, and the amount of the acid group is reduced to a specific amount or less. This is considered to be because the outgas generation derived from the origin was suppressed.
- the partition walls obtained from the photosensitive resin composition of Comparative Experimental Example 1 containing a large amount of an ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group have good outgassing suitability but a large amount of outgas. This is thought to be because the amount of outgas derived was large.
- the partition walls obtained from the photosensitive resin composition of Comparative Experimental Example 2 that does not contain an ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group are not sufficiently suitable for ink jet coating, and this is because a residue is generated in the pixel portion. it is conceivable that.
- ink jet application suitability whether or not the ink spreads throughout the pixel portion depends on whether or not the liquid repellency derived from the residue is generated in the pixel portion. Therefore, even when a solvent other than isoamyl benzoate is used, it is considered that the same results as in the above experimental examples and comparative experimental examples can be obtained.
- partition wall 2 ITO film 3: glass substrate T: tangent line with oblique side in contact with boundary surface H: height of partition wall S: boundary surface between partition wall and ITO film
Abstract
Description
一方で、特許文献2には、ビスフェノールA型エポキシ樹脂に、(メタ)アクリル酸を付加させ、更に無水コハク酸を付加させた後、更にビスフェノールA型エポキシ樹脂を付加させた樹脂を用いることで、耐熱着色性に優れた塗膜が得られると記載されている。 Furthermore, when the functional layer is formed using ink, the partition wall has ink repellency for the purpose of preventing the ink from adhering to the partition wall or preventing the ink injected between adjacent regions from being mixed together. It may be required to grant. In recent years, various properties in addition to ink repellency are required for the partition walls, and various photosensitive resin compositions have been developed. For example,
On the other hand,
本発明者らが検討したところ、特許文献1に記載の隔壁形成用感光性樹脂組成物では発光素子稼働時におけるアウトガス発生量を十分に低減することが困難であった。また、得られる隔壁のテーパー角が小さかった。 In recent years, in order to improve the driving life of an element, there is a demand to reduce the amount of outgas generated from the partition during light emission after the partition and the element are formed. In addition, it suppresses the decrease in luminance due to the overlap between the lower part of the partition wall and the light emitting part and the decrease in the light emission characteristics due to the contact part between the partition wall and the light emitting part, and the suitability for coating when forming the light emitting part by the ink jet method. There is a demand to increase the taper angle of the partition wall in order to ensure the above.
When the present inventors examined, it was difficult for the photosensitive resin composition for partition formation of
また、本発明は、当該有機電界発光素子隔壁形成用感光性樹脂組成物を用いて形成された隔壁、当該隔壁を備える有機電界発光素子、該有機電界発光素子を含む画像表示装置及び照明を提供することを目的とする。 Accordingly, an object of the present invention is to provide a photosensitive resin composition for forming a partition wall of an organic electroluminescent device that has a small amount of outgas generation during operation of the light emitting device, is highly reliable, and has a large taper angle.
In addition, the present invention provides a partition formed using the photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition, an organic electroluminescent element including the partition, an image display apparatus including the organic electroluminescent element, and illumination. The purpose is to do.
即ち本発明の要旨は以下の通りである。 As a result of intensive studies by the present inventors, it has been found that the above-mentioned problems can be solved by using a resin having a specific partial structure as an alkali-soluble resin and further using a chain transfer agent, and the present invention has been completed.
That is, the gist of the present invention is as follows.
<2>前記アルカリ可溶性樹脂(c)が、エチレン性不飽和基を有する樹脂である、<1>に記載の有機電界発光素子隔壁形成用感光性樹脂組成物。
<3>前記アルカリ可溶性樹脂(c)が、(c1)エポキシ(メタ)アクリレート樹脂を含有する、<1>又は<2>に記載の有機電界発光素子隔壁形成用感光性樹脂組成物。
<4>前記(c1)エポキシ(メタ)アクリレート樹脂が、下記式(i)で表される繰り返し単位構造を含むエポキシ(メタ)アクリレート樹脂、下記式(ii)で表される部分構造を含むエポキシ(メタ)アクリレート樹脂、及び下記式(iii)で表される部分構造を含むエポキシ(メタ)アクリレート樹脂からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種を含有する、<3>に記載の有機電界発光素子隔壁形成用感光性樹脂組成物。 (In formula (1), R 1 represents an optionally substituted divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. * Represents a bond.)
<2> The photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition according to <1>, wherein the alkali-soluble resin (c) is a resin having an ethylenically unsaturated group.
<3> The photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition according to <1> or <2>, wherein the alkali-soluble resin (c) contains (c1) an epoxy (meth) acrylate resin.
<4> Epoxy (meth) acrylate resin in which the (c1) epoxy (meth) acrylate resin includes a repeating unit structure represented by the following formula (i), an epoxy including a partial structure represented by the following formula (ii) The organic electroluminescent element partition according to <3>, comprising at least one selected from the group consisting of (meth) acrylate resins and epoxy (meth) acrylate resins containing a partial structure represented by the following formula (iii) A photosensitive resin composition for forming.
<5>前記(c1)エポキシ(メタ)アクリレート樹脂が、エポキシ樹脂にエチレン性不飽和結合を有する酸又はエステル化合物を付加し、更に多塩基酸又はその無水物を付加させた樹脂である、<3>又は<4>に記載の有機電界発光素子隔壁形成用感光性樹脂組成物。
<6>さらに(D)撥液剤を含有する、<1>~<5>のいずれか1つに記載の有機電界発光素子隔壁形成用感光性樹脂組成物。
<7>前記(D)撥液剤が、架橋基を有する撥液剤を含有する、<6>に記載の有機電界発光素子隔壁形成用感光性樹脂組成物。
<8>さらに紫外線吸収剤を含有する、<1>~<7>のいずれか1つに記載の有機電界発光素子隔壁形成用感光性樹脂組成物。
<9>前記有機電界発光素子隔壁形成用感光性樹脂組成物の酸価が全固形分に対して20mgKOH/g以上である、<1>~<8>のいずれか1つに記載の有機電界発光素子隔壁形成用感光性樹脂組成物。
<10><1>~<9>のいずれか1つに記載の有機電界発光素子隔壁形成用感光性樹脂組成物で構成される隔壁。
<11><10>に記載の隔壁を備える有機電界発光素子。
<12><11>に記載の有機電界発光素子を含む画像表示装置。
<13><11>に記載の有機電界発光素子を含む照明。 (In the formula (iii), R e represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and γ represents a single bond, —CO—, an alkylene group which may have a substituent, or an optionally substituted 2 Represents a valent cyclic hydrocarbon group, and the benzene ring in formula (iii) may be further substituted with an arbitrary substituent. * Represents a bond.)
<5> The (c1) epoxy (meth) acrylate resin is a resin obtained by adding an acid or ester compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond to an epoxy resin, and further adding a polybasic acid or an anhydride thereof. The photosensitive resin composition for organic electroluminescent element partition formation as described in 3> or <4>.
<6> The photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition according to any one of <1> to <5>, further comprising (D) a liquid repellent.
<7> The photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition according to <6>, wherein the (D) liquid repellent contains a liquid repellent having a crosslinking group.
<8> The photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition according to any one of <1> to <7>, further comprising an ultraviolet absorber.
<9> The organic electric field according to any one of <1> to <8>, wherein the acid value of the photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition wall is 20 mgKOH / g or more based on the total solid content. Photosensitive resin composition for forming a light emitting element partition wall.
<10> A partition comprising the photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition according to any one of <1> to <9>.
<11> An organic electroluminescence device comprising the partition wall according to <10>.
<12> An image display device comprising the organic electroluminescent element according to <11>.
<13> Illumination including the organic electroluminescent element according to <11>.
本発明において、「多塩基酸(無水物)」とは、「多塩基酸及び/又は多塩基酸無水物」を意味する。
本発明において、重量平均分子量とは、GPC(ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー)によるポリスチレン換算の重量平均分子量(Mw)をさす。 In the present invention, the term “(co) polymer” means that both a single polymer (homopolymer) and a copolymer (copolymer) are included, and “(acid) anhydride”, “ The term “(anhydrous)... Acid” means to include both an acid and its anhydride.
In the present invention, “polybasic acid (anhydride)” means “polybasic acid and / or polybasic acid anhydride”.
In the present invention, the weight average molecular weight refers to a polystyrene equivalent weight average molecular weight (Mw) by GPC (gel permeation chromatography).
本発明において、発光部とは電気エネルギーを与えた場合に光を放出する部分をさす。
本発明において、「質量」と「重量」は同義である。
本発明において、化学式中の*は結合手を表す。
本発明において、「テーパー角が大きい」と「テーパー角が高い」は同義であり、「テーパー角が小さい」と「テーパー角が低い」は同義である。 In the present invention, the partition material refers to a bank material and a wall material, and similarly, the partition wall refers to a bank and a wall.
In the present invention, the light emitting portion refers to a portion that emits light when electric energy is applied.
In the present invention, “mass” and “weight” are synonymous.
In the present invention, * in the chemical formula represents a bond.
In the present invention, “large taper angle” and “high taper angle” are synonymous, and “small taper angle” and “low taper angle” are synonymous.
第1の態様に係る本発明の有機電界発光素子隔壁形成用感光性樹脂組成物は、(A)エチレン性不飽和化合物、(B)光重合開始剤及び(C)アルカリ可溶性樹脂を含有する有機電界発光素子隔壁形成用感光性樹脂組成物であって、前記(C)アルカリ可溶性樹脂が、後述の一般式(1)で表される部分構造を有するアルカリ可溶性樹脂(c)を含有し、さらに(E)連鎖移動剤を含有することを特徴とする。必要に応じて、さらにその他の成分を含んでいてもよく、例えば、(D)撥液剤や、紫外線吸収剤を含んでいてもよい。 [1] Photosensitive resin composition for forming organic electroluminescent element partition walls The photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition wall of the present invention according to the first aspect includes (A) an ethylenically unsaturated compound and (B). A photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition comprising a photopolymerization initiator and (C) an alkali-soluble resin, wherein the (C) alkali-soluble resin is represented by the following general formula (1). It contains an alkali-soluble resin (c) having a partial structure, and further contains (E) a chain transfer agent. If necessary, it may further contain other components. For example, (D) a liquid repellent or an ultraviolet absorber may be included.
以下、特に断りがない限り、「本発明の有機電界発光素子隔壁形成用感光性樹脂組成物」は、前記第1の態様に係る有機電界発光素子隔壁形成用感光性樹脂組成物、及び第2の態様に係る有機電界発光素子隔壁形成用感光性樹脂組成物の両者を指す。 The photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition according to the second aspect of the present invention contains (A) an ethylenically unsaturated compound, (B) a photopolymerization initiator, and (C) an alkali-soluble resin. The (A) ethylenically unsaturated compound contains (A1) an ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group, and the content ratio of the (A1) acid group having an ethylenic unsaturated compound is 30% by mass in the total solid content. It is characterized by the following. If necessary, it may further contain other components. For example, it may contain (D) a liquid repellent, (E) a chain transfer agent, and an ultraviolet absorber.
Hereinafter, unless otherwise specified, the “photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition wall of the present invention” refers to the photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition wall according to the first aspect, and the second embodiment. Both of the photosensitive resin composition for organic electroluminescent element partition formation which concern on the aspect of this are pointed out.
本発明の有機電界発光素子隔壁形成用感光性樹脂組成物を構成する成分及びその組成について説明する。
第1の態様に係る本発明の有機電界発光素子隔壁形成用感光性樹脂組成物(以下、単に「第1の態様に係る感光性樹脂組成物」という場合がある。)は、(A)エチレン性不飽和化合物、(B)光重合開始剤及び(C)アルカリ可溶性樹脂を含有し、さらに(E)連鎖移動剤を含有し、通常は、溶剤も含有する。また、第1の態様に係る本発明の有機電界発光素子隔壁形成用感光性樹脂組成物は、撥液性の隔壁を形成するために用いることが好ましく、係る観点からは(D)撥液剤を含有することが好ましく、また、前記(A)~(C)及び(E)成分として、撥液剤としての作用を示すものを用いてもよい。 [1-1] Components and Composition of Photosensitive Resin Composition for Forming Organic Electroluminescent Device Partitions Components and compositions constituting the photosensitive resin composition for forming organic electroluminescent device partitions of the present invention will be described.
The photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition wall of the present invention according to the first aspect (hereinafter sometimes simply referred to as “photosensitive resin composition according to the first aspect”) is (A) ethylene. Containing an organic unsaturated compound, (B) a photopolymerization initiator and (C) an alkali-soluble resin, further containing (E) a chain transfer agent, and usually containing a solvent. Moreover, it is preferable to use the photosensitive resin composition for organic electroluminescent element partition formation of this invention which concerns on a 1st aspect in order to form a liquid-repellent partition. From such a viewpoint, (D) liquid repellent is used. It is preferable to contain them, and as the components (A) to (C) and (E), those showing the action as a liquid repellent may be used.
第1の態様に係る本発明の有機電界発光素子隔壁形成用感光性樹脂組成物は、(A)エチレン性不飽和化合物を含有する。(A)エチレン性不飽和化合物を含むことで、高感度となると考えられる。 [1-1-1] Component (A); Ethylenically Unsaturated Compound The photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition according to the first aspect of the present invention contains (A) an ethylenically unsaturated compound. To do. (A) It is thought that it becomes high sensitivity by including an ethylenically unsaturated compound.
また、残渣発生抑制の観点から、第2の態様として後述するものを用いることも好ましい。
これらは1種を単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。 Among these, from the viewpoint of an appropriate taper angle and sensitivity, it is preferable to use ester (meth) acrylates or urethane (meth) acrylates as the (A) ethylenically unsaturated compound, and dipentaerythritol hexa (meth). Acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate, 2-tris (meth) acryloyloxymethylethylphthalic acid, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate More preferably, a dibasic acid anhydride adduct, a dibasic acid anhydride adduct of pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, or the like is used.
Moreover, it is also preferable to use what is mentioned later as a 2nd aspect from a viewpoint of residue generation | occurrence | production suppression.
These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
第2の態様に係る本発明の有機電界発光素子隔壁形成用感光性樹脂組成物における(A)エチレン性不飽和化合物は、(A1)酸基を有するエチレン性不飽和化合物を含有し、前記(A1)酸基を有するエチレン性不飽和化合物の含有割合が全固形分中30質量%以下である。このように(A1)酸基を有するエチレン性不飽和化合物を含有することで、当該化合物が現像液への溶解性に優れるため画素部(発光部)の残渣発生が抑制され、インクジェット塗布特性が向上するものと考えられる。さらに、当該化合物の含有割合を前記上限値以下とすることで、当該化合物に含まれる酸基由来のアウトガス発生が低減され、形成後の隔壁からのアウトガス発生を十分に抑制できるものと考えられる。 <(A1) ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group>
(A) The ethylenically unsaturated compound in the photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition according to the second aspect of the present invention contains (A1) an ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group, A1) The content ratio of the ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group is 30% by mass or less based on the total solid content. Thus, by containing the ethylenically unsaturated compound (A1) having an acid group, the compound is excellent in solubility in a developer, so that the generation of a residue in the pixel portion (light emitting portion) is suppressed, and the inkjet coating characteristics are improved. It is thought to improve. Furthermore, by making the content rate of the said compound below the said upper limit, the outgas generation | occurrence | production derived from the acid group contained in the said compound is reduced, and it is thought that the outgas generation | occurrence | production from the partition after formation can fully be suppressed.
Ra4はn+1価の連結基を表す。
Ra7は置換基を有していてもよいアルキレン基、置換基を有していてもよいアルケニレン基又は置換基を有していてもよい2価の芳香族環基を表す。
l及びmは各々独立に、0~12の整数を表す。
nは1以上の整数を表す。 In the above formula (a1), R a1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. R a2 , R a3 , R a5 and R a6 each independently represents an alkylene group which may have a substituent.
R a4 represents an n + 1 valent linking group.
R a7 represents an alkylene group which may have a substituent, an alkenylene group which may have a substituent, or a divalent aromatic ring group which may have a substituent.
l and m each independently represents an integer of 0 to 12.
n represents an integer of 1 or more.
前記一般式(a1)において、Ra2、Ra3、Ra5及びRa6は各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよいアルキレン基を表す。
アルキレン基は直鎖でも、分岐鎖状でも、環状でも、それらの組み合わせでもよい。その炭素数は特に限定されないが、通常1以上、また、通常4以下、好ましくは2以下である。前記上限値以下とすることで残膜率が向上する傾向がある。 (R a2 , R a3 , R a5 and R a6 )
In the general formula (a1), R a2 , R a3 , R a5 and R a6 each independently represent an alkylene group which may have a substituent.
The alkylene group may be linear, branched, cyclic, or a combination thereof. The number of carbon atoms is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 or more, usually 4 or less, preferably 2 or less. There exists a tendency for a remaining-film rate to improve by setting it as the said upper limit or less.
前記一般式(a1)において、Ra4はn+1価の連結基を表す。n+1価の連結基の化学構造は特に限定されないが、置換基を有していてもよいn+1価の炭化水素基が挙げられる。炭化水素基は、脂肪族炭化水素基であってもよく、芳香族炭化水素基であってもよく、現像性の観点から、脂肪族炭化水素基であることが好ましい。また、炭化水素基中の炭素-炭素単結合は、-O-、-CO-及び-NH-からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種で中断されていてもよい。 (R a4 )
In the general formula (a1), R a4 represents an n + 1 valent linking group. The chemical structure of the n + 1 valent linking group is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an n + 1 valent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent. The hydrocarbon group may be an aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and is preferably an aliphatic hydrocarbon group from the viewpoint of developability. Further, the carbon-carbon single bond in the hydrocarbon group may be interrupted with at least one selected from the group consisting of —O—, —CO— and —NH—.
前記一般式(a1)において、置換基を有していてもよいアルキレン基、置換基を有していてもよいアルケニレン基又は置換基を有していてもよい2価の芳香族環基を表す。 (R a7 )
In the general formula (a1), an alkylene group that may have a substituent, an alkenylene group that may have a substituent, or a divalent aromatic ring group that may have a substituent. .
前記一般式(a1)において、l及びmは各々独立に、0~12の整数を表す。現像性の観点から、1以上であることが好ましく、2以上であることがより好ましく、また、硬化性の観点から、8以下であることが好ましく、6以下であることがより好ましく、4以下がさらに好ましく、2以下が特に好ましい。一方で、アウトガス発生量低減の観点からは0であることが好ましい。 (L and m)
In the general formula (a1), l and m each independently represents an integer of 0 to 12. From the viewpoint of developability, it is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 2 or more, and from the viewpoint of curability, it is preferably 8 or less, more preferably 6 or less, and 4 or less. Is more preferable, and 2 or less is particularly preferable. On the other hand, it is preferably 0 from the viewpoint of reducing the outgas generation amount.
前記一般式(a1)において、nは1以上の整数を表す。nは2以上が好ましく、3以上がより好ましく、4以上がさらに好ましく、5以上が特に好ましく、また、6以下が好ましい。前記下限値以上とすることで残膜率が高くなり、硬化性が高くなるに伴ってアウトガス発生量が低減する傾向があり、また、前記上限値以下とすることで残渣が低減する傾向がある。 (N)
In the general formula (a1), n represents an integer of 1 or more. n is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 3 or more, further preferably 4 or more, particularly preferably 5 or more, and preferably 6 or less. When the amount is equal to or higher than the lower limit value, the residual film ratio is increased, and as the curability is increased, the outgas generation amount tends to be reduced, and when the value is equal to or lower than the upper limit value, the residue tends to be reduced. .
第2の態様に係る本発明の有機電界発光素子隔壁形成用感光性樹脂組成物における(A)エチレン性不飽和化合物は、(A1)酸基を有するエチレン性不飽和化合物以外に、(A2)酸基を有さないエチレン性不飽和化合物を含有していてもよい。(A2)酸基を有さないエチレン性不飽和化合物は、(A)エチレン性不飽和化合物のうち、(A1)酸基を有するエチレン性不飽和化合物以外のものを指す。(A2)酸基を有さないエチレン性不飽和化合物を含有することで、硬化性が向上し、撥液性が生じるために必要な最小露光量が小さくなり、また、アウトガス発生量が低減する傾向がある。 <(A2) ethylenically unsaturated compound having no acid group>
The (A) ethylenically unsaturated compound in the photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition wall of the present invention according to the second aspect is (A1) other than (A1) an ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group. You may contain the ethylenically unsaturated compound which does not have an acid group. The (A2) ethylenically unsaturated compound having no acid group refers to a compound other than the (A1) ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group among the (A) ethylenically unsaturated compounds. (A2) By containing an ethylenically unsaturated compound having no acid group, the curability is improved, the minimum exposure necessary for producing liquid repellency is reduced, and the outgas generation amount is reduced. Tend.
(A2)酸基を有さないエチレン性不飽和化合物の具体例としては、脂肪族ポリヒドロキシ化合物と不飽和カルボン酸とのエステル;芳香族ポリヒドロキシ化合物と不飽和カルボン酸とのエステル等が挙げられる。 (A2) An ethylenically unsaturated compound having no acid group is (meth) acryloyl from the viewpoints of polymerizability, crosslinkability, and expansion of the difference in developer solubility between exposed and non-exposed areas. A compound having an oxy group, that is, a (meth) acrylate compound is preferable.
(A2) Specific examples of the ethylenically unsaturated compound having no acid group include esters of aliphatic polyhydroxy compounds and unsaturated carboxylic acids; esters of aromatic polyhydroxy compounds and unsaturated carboxylic acids, and the like. It is done.
これらは1種を単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。 Among these, from the viewpoint of curability, it is preferable to use ester (meth) acrylates or urethane (meth) acrylates as the ethylenically unsaturated compound having no acid group (A2), and dipentaerythritol hexa ( It is more preferable to use (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, or pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate.
These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
本発明の有機電界発光素子隔壁形成用感光性樹脂組成物は、(B)光重合開始剤を含有する。(B)光重合開始剤は、活性光線により、前記(A)エチレン性不飽和化合物が有するエチレン性不飽和結合を重合させる化合物であれば特に限定されるものではなく、公知の光重合開始剤を用いることができる。 [1-1-2] Component (B): Photopolymerization Initiator The photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition of the present invention contains (B) a photopolymerization initiator. (B) A photoinitiator will not be specifically limited if it is a compound which superposes | polymerizes the ethylenically unsaturated bond which the said (A) ethylenically unsaturated compound has by an active light, A well-known photoinitiator Can be used.
これらの中でも、感度や合成容易性の観点から、R11~R13は各々独立にハロゲン原子であることが好ましく、塩素原子であることがより好ましい。 Examples of the halogen atom of R 11 to R 13 include a chlorine atom, an iodine atom, a bromine atom, and a fluorine atom. Among these, from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis, a chlorine atom or a fluorine atom is preferable, and a chlorine atom is more preferable. preferable.
Among these, R 11 to R 13 are preferably each independently a halogen atom, more preferably a chlorine atom, from the viewpoints of sensitivity and ease of synthesis.
これらは1種を単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。 Examples of such sensitizers include unsaturated ketones represented by chalcone derivatives and dibenzalacetone, 1,2-diketone compounds represented by benzyl and camphorquinone, benzoin compounds, fluorenes, and the like. Compounds, naphthoquinone compounds, anthraquinone compounds, xanthene compounds, thioxanthene compounds, xanthone compounds, thioxanthone compounds, coumarin compounds, ketocoumarin compounds, cyanine compounds, merocyanine compounds, oxonol derivatives, etc. Polymethine dyes, acridine compounds, azine compounds, thiazine compounds, oxazine compounds, indoline compounds, azulene compounds, azurenium compounds, squarylium compounds, porphyrin compounds, tetraphenylporphyrin compounds Products, triarylmethane compounds, tetrabenzoporphyrin compounds, tetrapyrazinoporphyrazine compounds, phthalocyanine compounds, tetraazaporphyrazine compounds, tetraquinoxalyloporphyrazine compounds, naphthalocyanine compounds, subphthalocyanine compounds Examples thereof include compounds, pyrylium compounds, thiopyrylium compounds, tetraphyrin compounds, annulene compounds, spiropyran compounds, spirooxazine compounds, thiospiropyran compounds, metal arene complexes, organic ruthenium complexes, and benzophenone compounds.
These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
第1の態様に係る本発明の有機電界発光素子隔壁形成用感光性樹脂組成物は、(E)連鎖移動剤を含む。(E)連鎖移動剤を含むことで、酸素阻害等による表面近傍におけるラジカル失活を改善して表面硬化性を高めることで、テーパー角が大きくなる傾向がある。
また、撥液剤を含む場合には、表面硬化性を高めることによって撥液剤の流出を抑制でき、撥液剤を表面近傍に固定しやすく接触角が高くなる傾向がある。
第2の態様に係る本発明の有機電界発光素子隔壁形成用感光性樹脂組成物においては、(E)連鎖移動剤は必須ではないが、テーパー角を大きくする観点からは、(E)連鎖移動剤を含むことが好ましい。 [1-1-3] Component (E); Chain Transfer Agent The photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition according to the first aspect of the present invention contains (E) a chain transfer agent. (E) Inclusion of a chain transfer agent tends to increase the taper angle by improving radical deactivation in the vicinity of the surface due to oxygen inhibition or the like and enhancing surface curability.
In addition, when a liquid repellent is included, the outflow of the liquid repellent can be suppressed by increasing the surface curability, and the contact angle tends to be easily fixed near the surface.
In the photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition wall according to the second aspect of the present invention, (E) a chain transfer agent is not essential, but from the viewpoint of increasing the taper angle, (E) chain transfer is performed. It is preferable that an agent is included.
これらのうち、テーパー角の観点から、Zは-S-又は-NH-が好ましく、-NH-がより好ましい。
また、テーパー角の観点から、R61、R62、R63、及びR64は各々独立に、水素原子、炭素数1~4アルキル基又は炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、水素原子がより好ましい。 In formula (1-3), Z represents —O—, —S—, or —NH—, and R 61 , R 62 , R 63 , and R 64 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent. To express.
Among these, from the viewpoint of the taper angle, Z is preferably —S— or —NH—, more preferably —NH—.
From the viewpoint of the taper angle, R 61 , R 62 , R 63 and R 64 are each independently preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, More preferred.
また、R71及びR72のアルキル基としては、表面硬化性の観点から、炭素数1~3のものが好ましい。表面硬化性の観点から、R71及びR72のうちの少なくとも一方、例えば、R72は水素原子であることが好ましく、この場合において、R71は水素原子又は炭素数1~3のアルキル基であることが好ましい。 In the general formula (1-4), m is preferably 1 or 2 from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis. From the viewpoint of surface curability, n is preferably 3 or 4, and more preferably 4.
Further, the alkyl group of R 71 and R 72 is preferably one having 1 to 3 carbon atoms from the viewpoint of surface curability. From the viewpoint of surface curability, at least one of R 71 and R 72 , for example, R 72 is preferably a hydrogen atom. In this case, R 71 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. Preferably there is.
また、表面硬化性の観点から、ペンタエリスリトールテトラキス(3-メルカプトプロピオネート)、及びペンタエリスリトールテトラキス(3-メルカプトブチレート)からなる群から選択された1以上を用いることが好ましい。 Among these, from the viewpoint of increasing the taper angle, a combination of one or more selected from the group consisting of 2-mercaptobenzothiazole, 2-mercaptobenzoimidazole, and 2-mercaptobenzoxazole, and a photopolymerization initiator, It is preferred to use it as a photopolymerization initiator system. For example, 2-mercaptobenzothiazole may be used, 2-mercaptobenzoimidazole may be used, or 2-mercaptobenzothiazole and 2-mercaptobenzimidazole may be used in combination.
From the viewpoint of surface curability, it is preferable to use one or more selected from the group consisting of pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptopropionate) and pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptobutyrate).
本発明の有機電界発光素子隔壁形成用感光性樹脂組成物は、(C)アルカリ可溶性樹脂を含有する。本発明において、(C)アルカリ可溶性樹脂としては現像液で現像可能なものであれば特に限定されないが、現像液としてはアルカリ現像液が好ましいため、本発明においては(C)アルカリ可溶性樹脂を用いる。 [1-1-4] Component (C): Alkali-soluble resin The photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition of the present invention contains (C) an alkali-soluble resin. In the present invention, the (C) alkali-soluble resin is not particularly limited as long as it can be developed with a developer. However, an alkali developer is preferable as the developer, and therefore (C) an alkali-soluble resin is used in the present invention. .
第1の態様に係る本発明の有機電界発光素子隔壁形成用感光性樹脂組成物において、(C)アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、下記一般式(1)で表される部分構造を有するアルカリ可溶性樹脂(c)(以下、「樹脂(c)」と略記する場合がある。)を含有する。
なお、樹脂(c)も、(C)アルカリ可溶性樹脂と同様に、エチレン性不飽和基を有するものであることが好ましい。 (Alkali-soluble resin (c) having a partial structure represented by the general formula (1))
In the photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition according to the first aspect of the present invention, (C) the alkali-soluble resin is an alkali-soluble resin (c) having a partial structure represented by the following general formula (1): ) (Hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as “resin (c)”).
In addition, it is preferable that resin (c) is also what has an ethylenically unsaturated group similarly to (C) alkali-soluble resin.
前記一般式(1)において、R1は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~4の2価の炭化水素基を表す。2価の炭化水素基としては、アルキレン基、アルケニレン基が挙げられる。 (R 1 )
In the general formula (1), R 1 represents a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. Examples of the divalent hydrocarbon group include an alkylene group and an alkenylene group.
以下に、(c1)エポキシ(メタ)アクリレート樹脂について詳述する。 The alkali-soluble resin (c) is not particularly limited as long as it has a partial structure represented by the general formula (1). From the viewpoint of development solubility, (c1) epoxy ( It is preferable to contain (meth) acrylate resin and / or (c2) acrylic copolymer resin, and it is more preferable to contain (c1) epoxy (meth) acrylate resin from the viewpoint of reducing outgas generation amount.
The (c1) epoxy (meth) acrylate resin is described in detail below.
(c1)エポキシ(メタ)アクリレート樹脂は、エポキシ樹脂にエチレン性不飽和結合を有する酸又はエステル化合物を付加し、更に多塩基酸又はその無水物を付加させた樹脂である。例えば、エポキシ樹脂のエポキシ基に、不飽和モノカルボン酸のカルボキシル基が開環付加されることにより、エポキシ樹脂にエステル結合(-COO-)を介してエチレン性不飽和結合が付加されると共に、その際生じた水酸基に、多塩基酸又はその無水物の一方のカルボキシ基が付加されたものが挙げられる。また、多塩基酸又はその無水物を付加するときに、多価アルコールを同時に添加して付加されたものも挙げられる。さらに、上記反応で得られた樹脂のカルボキシ基に、更に反応し得る官能基を有する化合物を反応させて得られる樹脂も、上記(c1)エポキシ(メタ)アクリレート樹脂に含まれる。 [(C1) Epoxy (meth) acrylate resin]
(C1) The epoxy (meth) acrylate resin is a resin obtained by adding an acid or ester compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond to an epoxy resin and further adding a polybasic acid or an anhydride thereof. For example, by ring-opening addition of a carboxyl group of an unsaturated monocarboxylic acid to an epoxy group of an epoxy resin, an ethylenically unsaturated bond is added to the epoxy resin via an ester bond (—COO—). The thing which one carboxy group of the polybasic acid or its anhydride was added to the hydroxyl group produced in that case is mentioned. Moreover, what added polyhydric alcohol simultaneously when adding a polybasic acid or its anhydride is also mentioned. Furthermore, the resin obtained by reacting the carboxy group of the resin obtained by the above reaction with a compound having a functional group capable of further reaction is also included in the (c1) epoxy (meth) acrylate resin.
更に、熱重合禁止剤としては、ハイドロキノン、ハイドロキノンモノメチルエーテル、メチルハイドロキノン等の1種または2種以上が挙げられる。 Examples of the catalyst include tertiary amines such as triethylamine, benzyldimethylamine, and tribenzylamine, and tertiary amines such as tetramethylammonium chloride, methyltriethylammonium chloride, tetraethylammonium chloride, tetrabutylammonium chloride, and trimethylbenzylammonium chloride. One kind or two or more kinds of quaternary ammonium salts, phosphorus compounds such as triphenylphosphine, and stibins such as triphenylstibine are included.
Furthermore, examples of the thermal polymerization inhibitor include one or more of hydroquinone, hydroquinone monomethyl ether, methyl hydroquinone and the like.
前記式(i)において、Rbは置換基を有していてもよい2価の炭化水素基を表す。
2価の炭化水素基としては、2価の脂肪族基、2価の芳香族環基、1以上の2価の脂肪族基と1以上の2価の芳香族環基とを連結した基が挙げられる。 (R b )
In the formula (i), R b represents a divalent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent.
Examples of the divalent hydrocarbon group include a divalent aliphatic group, a divalent aromatic ring group, a group in which one or more divalent aliphatic groups are linked to one or more divalent aromatic ring groups. Can be mentioned.
2価の分岐鎖状脂肪族基の具体例としては、前述の2価の直鎖状脂肪族基に、側鎖としてメチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、iso-プロピル基、n-ブチル基、iso-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基等を有する構造が挙げられる。
2価の環状の脂肪族基が有する環の数は特に限定されないが、通常1以上であり、2以上が好ましく、また、通常10以下であり、5以下が好ましい。前記下限値以上とすることで残膜率が向上する傾向があり、また、前記上限値以下とすることで残渣が低減する傾向がある。2価の環状の脂肪族基の具体例としては、シクロヘキサン環、シクロヘプタン環、シクロデカン環、シクロドデカン環、ノルボルナン環、イソボルナン環、アダマンタン環、シクロドデカン環等の環から水素原子を2つ除した基が挙げられる。これらの中でも現像密着性の観点から、アダマンタン環から水素原子を2つ除した基が好ましい。 Specific examples of the divalent linear aliphatic group include a methylene group, an ethylene group, an n-propylene group, an n-butylene group, an n-hexylene group, and an n-heptylene group. Among these, a methylene group is preferable from the viewpoint of reducing residues.
Specific examples of the divalent branched aliphatic group include the above-mentioned divalent linear aliphatic group, a side chain of a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an iso-propyl group, an n-butyl group. And a structure having a group, an iso-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a tert-butyl group, and the like.
The number of rings of the divalent cyclic aliphatic group is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, and usually 10 or less, preferably 5 or less. There exists a tendency for a remaining-film rate to improve by setting it as the said lower limit or more, and there exists a tendency for a residue to reduce by setting it as the said upper limit or less. Specific examples of the divalent aliphatic group include a cyclohexane ring, a cycloheptane ring, a cyclodecane ring, a cyclododecane ring, a norbornane ring, an isobornane ring, an adamantane ring, a cyclododecane ring, and the like, by removing two hydrogen atoms. Group. Among these, a group obtained by removing two hydrogen atoms from the adamantane ring is preferable from the viewpoint of development adhesion.
2価の脂肪族基の数は特に限定されないが、通常1以上であり、2以上が好ましく、通常10以下であり、5以下が好ましく、3以下がより好ましい。前記下限値以上とすることで現像密着性が向上する傾向があり、また、前記上限値以下とすることで残渣が低減する傾向がある。
2価の芳香族環基の数は特に限定されないが、通常1以上であり、2以上が好ましく、通常10以下であり、5以下が好ましく、3以下がより好ましい。前記下限値以上とすることで現像密着性が向上する傾向があり、また、前記上限値以下とすることで残渣が低減する傾向がある。 In addition, as a group in which one or more divalent aliphatic groups and one or more divalent aromatic ring groups are linked, one or more of the above divalent aliphatic groups and the above divalent aromatic group are used. And a group in which one or more cyclic groups are linked.
The number of divalent aliphatic groups is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, usually 10 or less, preferably 5 or less, and more preferably 3 or less. By setting it as the said lower limit or more, there exists a tendency for image development adhesiveness to improve, and there exists a tendency for a residue to reduce by setting it as the said upper limit or less.
The number of divalent aromatic ring groups is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, usually 10 or less, preferably 5 or less, and more preferably 3 or less. By setting it as the said lower limit or more, there exists a tendency for image development adhesiveness to improve, and there exists a tendency for a residue to reduce by setting it as the said upper limit or less.
これらの中でも硬化性の観点から、無置換であることが好ましい。 As described above, the benzene ring in formula (i) may be further substituted with an arbitrary substituent. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxy group, a methyl group, a methoxy group, an ethyl group, an ethoxy group, a propyl group, and a propoxy group. The number of substituents is not particularly limited, either one or two or more.
Among these, unsubstituted is preferable from the viewpoint of curability.
前記式(ii)において、Rdは、環状炭化水素基を側鎖として有する2価の炭化水素基を表す。
環状炭化水素基としては、脂肪族環基又は芳香族環基が挙げられる。 (R d )
In the formula (ii), R d represents a divalent hydrocarbon group having a cyclic hydrocarbon group as a side chain.
Examples of the cyclic hydrocarbon group include an aliphatic ring group and an aromatic ring group.
また、脂肪族環基の炭素数は通常4以上であり、6以上が好ましく、8以上がより好ましく、また、40以下が好ましく、30以下がより好ましく、20以下がさらに好ましく、15以下が特に好ましい。前記下限値以上とすることで現像密着性が向上する傾向があり、また、前記上限値以下とすることで残渣が低減する傾向がある。 The number of rings that the aliphatic ring group has is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, and usually 10 or less, preferably 5 or less, and more preferably 3 or less. By setting it as the said lower limit or more, there exists a tendency for image development adhesiveness to improve, and there exists a tendency for a residue to reduce by setting it as the said upper limit or less.
The number of carbon atoms in the aliphatic cyclic group is usually 4 or more, preferably 6 or more, more preferably 8 or more, preferably 40 or less, more preferably 30 or less, still more preferably 20 or less, and particularly preferably 15 or less. preferable. By setting it as the said lower limit or more, there exists a tendency for image development adhesiveness to improve, and there exists a tendency for a residue to reduce by setting it as the said upper limit or less.
2価の分岐鎖状脂肪族基の具体例としては、前述の2価の直鎖状脂肪族基に、側鎖としてメチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、iso-プロピル基、n-ブチル基、iso-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基等を有する構造が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the divalent linear aliphatic group include a methylene group, an ethylene group, an n-propylene group, an n-butylene group, an n-hexylene group, and an n-heptylene group. Among these, a methylene group is preferable from the viewpoint of residues.
Specific examples of the divalent branched aliphatic group include the above-mentioned divalent linear aliphatic group, a side chain of a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an iso-propyl group, an n-butyl group. And a structure having a group, an iso-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a tert-butyl group, and the like.
2価の脂肪族基の数は特に限定されないが、通常1以上であり、2以上が好ましく、通常10以下であり、5以下が好ましく、3以下がより好ましい。前記下限値以上とすることで現像密着性が向上する傾向があり、また、前記上限値以下とすることで残渣が低減する傾向がある。
2価の芳香族環基の数は特に限定されないが、通常1以上であり、2以上が好ましく、通常10以下であり、5以下が好ましく、3以下がより好ましい。前記下限値以上とすることで現像密着性が向上する傾向があり、また、前記上限値以下とすることで残渣が低減する傾向がある。 In addition, as a group in which one or more divalent aliphatic groups and one or more divalent aromatic ring groups are linked, one or more of the above divalent aliphatic groups and the above divalent aromatic group are used. And a group in which one or more cyclic groups are linked.
The number of divalent aliphatic groups is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, usually 10 or less, preferably 5 or less, and more preferably 3 or less. By setting it as the said lower limit or more, there exists a tendency for image development adhesiveness to improve, and there exists a tendency for a residue to reduce by setting it as the said upper limit or less.
The number of divalent aromatic ring groups is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, usually 10 or less, preferably 5 or less, and more preferably 3 or less. By setting it as the said lower limit or more, there exists a tendency for image development adhesiveness to improve, and there exists a tendency for a residue to reduce by setting it as the said upper limit or less.
前記式(ii-1)において、Rαは、置換基を有していてもよい1価の環状炭化水素基を表す。
環状炭化水素基としては、脂肪族環基又は芳香族環基が挙げられる。 (R α )
In the formula (ii-1), R α represents a monovalent cyclic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent.
Examples of the cyclic hydrocarbon group include an aliphatic ring group and an aromatic ring group.
また、脂肪族環基の炭素数は通常4以上であり、6以上が好ましく、8以上がより好ましく、また、40以下が好ましく、30以下がより好ましく、20以下がさらに好ましく、15以下が特に好ましい。前記下限値以上とすることで現像密着性が向上する傾向があり、また、前記上限値以下とすることで残渣が低減する傾向がある。 The number of rings that the aliphatic ring group has is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, and usually 6 or less, preferably 4 or less, more preferably 3 or less. By setting it as the said lower limit or more, there exists a tendency for image development adhesiveness to improve, and there exists a tendency for a residue to reduce by setting it as the said upper limit or less.
The number of carbon atoms in the aliphatic cyclic group is usually 4 or more, preferably 6 or more, more preferably 8 or more, preferably 40 or less, more preferably 30 or less, still more preferably 20 or less, and particularly preferably 15 or less. preferable. By setting it as the said lower limit or more, there exists a tendency for image development adhesiveness to improve, and there exists a tendency for a residue to reduce by setting it as the said upper limit or less.
芳香族環基としては、芳香族炭化水素環基、芳香族複素環基が挙げられる。また、芳香族環基の炭素数は通常4以上であり、5以上が好ましく、6以上がより好ましく、また、30以下が好ましく、20以下がより好ましく、15以下がさらに好ましい。前記下限値以上とすることで現像密着性が向上する傾向があり、また、前記上限値以下とすることで残渣が低減する傾向がある。 On the other hand, the number of rings of the aromatic ring group is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, more preferably 3 or more, and usually 10 or less, preferably 5 or less. By setting it as the said lower limit or more, there exists a tendency for image development adhesiveness to improve, and there exists a tendency for a residue to reduce by setting it as the said upper limit or less.
Examples of the aromatic ring group include an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group and an aromatic heterocyclic group. The number of carbon atoms in the aromatic ring group is usually 4 or more, preferably 5 or more, more preferably 6 or more, 30 or less, more preferably 20 or less, and even more preferably 15 or less. By setting it as the said lower limit or more, there exists a tendency for image development adhesiveness to improve, and there exists a tendency for a residue to reduce by setting it as the said upper limit or less.
前記式(ii-2)において、Rβは、置換基を有していてもよい2価の環状炭化水素基を表す。
環状炭化水素基としては、脂肪族環基又は芳香族環基が挙げられる。 (R β )
In the formula (ii-2), R β represents a divalent cyclic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent.
Examples of the cyclic hydrocarbon group include an aliphatic ring group and an aromatic ring group.
また、脂肪族環基の炭素数は通常4以上であり、6以上が好ましく、8以上がより好ましく、また、40以下が好ましく、35以下がより好ましく、30以下がさらに好ましい。前記下限値以上とすることで現像密着性が向上する傾向があり、また、前記上限値以下とすることで残渣が低減する傾向がある。
脂肪族環基における脂肪族環の具体例としては、シクロヘキサン環、シクロヘプタン環、シクロデカン環、シクロドデカン環、ノルボルナン環、イソボルナン環、アダマンタン環、シクロドデカン環等が挙げられる。これらの中でも現像密着性の観点から、アダマンタン環が好ましい。 The number of rings that the aliphatic ring group has is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, and usually 10 or less, preferably 5 or less. By setting it as the said lower limit or more, there exists a tendency for image development adhesiveness to improve, and there exists a tendency for a residue to reduce by setting it as the said upper limit or less.
Moreover, carbon number of an aliphatic cyclic group is 4 or more normally, 6 or more are preferable, 8 or more are more preferable, 40 or less are preferable, 35 or less are more preferable, and 30 or less are more preferable. By setting it as the said lower limit or more, there exists a tendency for image development adhesiveness to improve, and there exists a tendency for a residue to reduce by setting it as the said upper limit or less.
Specific examples of the aliphatic ring in the aliphatic ring group include a cyclohexane ring, a cycloheptane ring, a cyclodecane ring, a cyclododecane ring, a norbornane ring, an isobornane ring, an adamantane ring, and a cyclododecane ring. Among these, an adamantane ring is preferable from the viewpoint of development adhesion.
芳香族環基としては、芳香族炭化水素環基、芳香族複素環基が挙げられる。また、芳香族環基の炭素数は通常4以上であり、6以上が好ましく、8以上がより好ましく、10以上がさらに好ましく、また、40以下が好ましく、30以下がより好ましく、20以下がさらに好ましく、15以下が特に好ましい。前記下限値以上とすることで現像密着性が向上する傾向があり、また、前記上限値以下とすることで残渣が低減する傾向がある。 On the other hand, the number of rings of the aromatic ring group is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, more preferably 3 or more, and usually 10 or less, preferably 5 or less. By setting it as the said lower limit or more, there exists a tendency for image development adhesiveness to improve, and there exists a tendency for a residue to reduce by setting it as the said upper limit or less.
Examples of the aromatic ring group include an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group and an aromatic heterocyclic group. Further, the carbon number of the aromatic ring group is usually 4 or more, preferably 6 or more, more preferably 8 or more, further preferably 10 or more, more preferably 40 or less, more preferably 30 or less, and further preferably 20 or less. Preferably, 15 or less is particularly preferable. By setting it as the said lower limit or more, there exists a tendency for image development adhesiveness to improve, and there exists a tendency for a residue to reduce by setting it as the said upper limit or less.
一方で、現像密着性の観点から、Rβが2価の芳香族環基であることが好ましく、2価のフルオレン環基であることがより好ましい。 Among these, from the viewpoint of curability, it is preferable that R beta is a divalent aliphatic cyclic group, and more preferably a divalent adamantane ring group.
On the other hand, from the viewpoint of developing adhesiveness, it is preferred that R beta is a divalent aromatic ring group, and more preferably a divalent fluorene ring group.
前記式(iii)において、γは単結合、-CO-、置換基を有していてもよいアルキレン基、又は置換基を有していてもよい2価の環状炭化水素基を表す。 (Γ)
In the formula (iii), γ represents a single bond, —CO—, an alkylene group which may have a substituent, or a divalent cyclic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent.
また、脂肪族環基の炭素数は通常4以上であり、6以上が好ましく、8以上がより好ましく、また、40以下が好ましく、35以下がより好ましく、30以下がさらに好ましい。前記下限値以上とすることで現像密着性が向上する傾向があり、また、前記上限値以下とすることで残渣が低減する傾向がある。
脂肪族環基における脂肪族環の具体例としては、シクロヘキサン環、シクロヘプタン環、シクロデカン環、シクロドデカン環、ノルボルナン環、イソボルナン環、アダマンタン環、シクロドデカン環等が挙げられる。これらの中でも現像密着性の観点から、アダマンタン環が好ましい。 The number of rings that the aliphatic ring group has is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, and usually 10 or less, preferably 5 or less. By setting it as the said lower limit or more, there exists a tendency for image development adhesiveness to improve, and there exists a tendency for a residue to reduce by setting it as the said upper limit or less.
Moreover, carbon number of an aliphatic cyclic group is 4 or more normally, 6 or more are preferable, 8 or more are more preferable, 40 or less are preferable, 35 or less are more preferable, and 30 or less are more preferable. By setting it as the said lower limit or more, there exists a tendency for image development adhesiveness to improve, and there exists a tendency for a residue to reduce by setting it as the said upper limit or less.
Specific examples of the aliphatic ring in the aliphatic ring group include a cyclohexane ring, a cycloheptane ring, a cyclodecane ring, a cyclododecane ring, a norbornane ring, an isobornane ring, an adamantane ring, and a cyclododecane ring. Among these, an adamantane ring is preferable from the viewpoint of development adhesion.
芳香族環基としては、芳香族炭化水素環基、芳香族複素環基が挙げられる。また、芳香族環基の炭素数は通常4以上であり、6以上が好ましく、8以上がより好ましく、10以上がさらに好ましく、また、40以下が好ましく、30以下がより好ましく、20以下がさらに好ましく、15以下が特に好ましい。前記下限値以上とすることで現像密着性が向上する傾向があり、また、前記上限値以下とすることで残渣が低減する傾向がある。
芳香族環基における芳香族環の具体例としては、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、アントラセン環、フェナントレン環、フルオレン環等が挙げられる。これらの中でも現像密着性の観点から、フルオレン環が好ましい。 On the other hand, the number of rings of the aromatic ring group is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, more preferably 3 or more, and usually 10 or less, preferably 5 or less. By setting it as the said lower limit or more, there exists a tendency for image development adhesiveness to improve, and there exists a tendency for a residue to reduce by setting it as the said upper limit or less.
Examples of the aromatic ring group include an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group and an aromatic heterocyclic group. Further, the carbon number of the aromatic ring group is usually 4 or more, preferably 6 or more, more preferably 8 or more, further preferably 10 or more, more preferably 40 or less, more preferably 30 or less, and further preferably 20 or less. Preferably, 15 or less is particularly preferable. By setting it as the said lower limit or more, there exists a tendency for image development adhesiveness to improve, and there exists a tendency for a residue to reduce by setting it as the said upper limit or less.
Specific examples of the aromatic ring in the aromatic ring group include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a phenanthrene ring, and a fluorene ring. Among these, a fluorene ring is preferable from the viewpoint of development adhesion.
次に、(c2)アクリル共重合樹脂について詳述する。(c2)アクリル共重合樹脂は、前記一般式(1)で表される部分構造を有するものであれば特に限定されないが、硬化性の観点から、側鎖にエチレン性不飽和基を有するものであることが好ましい。 [(C2) Acrylic copolymer resin]
Next, (c2) the acrylic copolymer resin will be described in detail. (C2) The acrylic copolymer resin is not particularly limited as long as it has a partial structure represented by the general formula (1), but from the viewpoint of curability, it has an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain. Preferably there is.
前記式(I)において、RBは置換基を有していてもよいアルケニル基又は前記一般式(II)で表される基を表す。 (R B )
In the formula (I), R B represents an alkenyl group which may have a substituent or a group represented by the general formula (II).
前記式(II)においてRCは置換基を有していてもよいアルケニル基を表す。 ( RC )
In the formula (II), R C represents an alkenyl group which may have a substituent.
前記式(II)においてαは、置換基を有していてもよいアルキレン基、置換基を有していてもよいアリーレン基、又は置換基を有していてもよいアルケニレン基を表す。 (Α)
In the formula (II), α represents an alkylene group which may have a substituent, an arylene group which may have a substituent, or an alkenylene group which may have a substituent.
(c2)アクリル共重合樹脂が前記一般式(I)で表される部分構造を含む場合、他に含まれる部分構造は特に限定されないが、現像密着性の観点から、例えば、下記一般式(I’)で表される部分構造が含まれることが好ましい。 (Partial structure represented by general formula (I ′))
(C2) When the acrylic copolymer resin includes a partial structure represented by the general formula (I), the other partial structures included are not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of development adhesion, for example, the following general formula (I It is preferable that the partial structure represented by ') is included.
前記式(I’)において、REは置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよいアリール基、又は置換基を有していてもよいアルケニル基を表す。 (R E )
In the formula (I ′), R E represents an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, or an alkenyl group which may have a substituent.
また、アルキル基が有していてもよい置換基としては、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、クロロ基、ブロモ基、フルオロ基、ヒドロキシ基、アミノ基、エポキシ基、オリゴエチレングリコール基、フェニル基、カルボキシル基、アクリロイル基、メタクリロイル基等が挙げられ、現像性の観点から、ヒドロキシ基、オリゴエチレングリコール基が好ましい。 Specific examples of the alkyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a dicyclopentanyl group, and a dodecanyl group. Among these, from the viewpoint of film strength, a dicyclopentanyl group or a dodecanyl group is preferable, and a dicyclopentanyl group is more preferable.
The substituents that the alkyl group may have include methoxy group, ethoxy group, chloro group, bromo group, fluoro group, hydroxy group, amino group, epoxy group, oligoethylene glycol group, phenyl group, carboxyl group , An acryloyl group, a methacryloyl group, and the like. From the viewpoint of developability, a hydroxy group and an oligoethylene glycol group are preferable.
(c2)アクリル共重合樹脂が前記一般式(I)で表される部分構造を含む場合、他に含まれる部分構造として、耐熱性、膜強度の観点から、下記一般式(I’’)で表される部分構造が含まれることが好ましい。 (Partial structure represented by general formula (I ''))
(C2) When the acrylic copolymer resin includes the partial structure represented by the general formula (I), the partial structure included in the other is represented by the following general formula (I ″) from the viewpoint of heat resistance and film strength. It is preferable that the partial structure represented is included.
前記式(I’’)においてRGは置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよいアルケニル基、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシル基、ハロゲン原子、置換基を有していてもよいアルコキシ基、チオール基、又は置換基を有していてもよいアルキルスルフィド基を表す。 (R G )
In the formula (I ″), RG has an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an alkenyl group which may have a substituent, a hydroxy group, a carboxyl group, a halogen atom, and a substituent. Represents an optionally substituted alkoxy group, thiol group, or optionally substituted alkyl sulfide group.
また、アルキル基が有していてもよい置換基としては、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、クロロ基、ブロモ基、フルオロ基、ヒドロキシ基、アミノ基、エポキシ基、オリゴエチレングリコール基、フェニル基、カルボキシル基、アクリロイル基、メタクリロイル基等が挙げられ、現像性の観点から、ヒドロキシ基、オリゴエチレングリコール基が好ましい。 Specific examples of the alkyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a dicyclopentanyl group, and a dodecanyl group. Among these, from the viewpoint of development adhesion, a dicyclopentanyl group or a dodecanyl group is preferable, and a dicyclopentanyl group is more preferable.
The substituents that the alkyl group may have include methoxy group, ethoxy group, chloro group, bromo group, fluoro group, hydroxy group, amino group, epoxy group, oligoethylene glycol group, phenyl group, carboxyl group , An acryloyl group, a methacryloyl group, and the like. From the viewpoint of developability, a hydroxy group and an oligoethylene glycol group are preferable.
また、アルケニル基が有していてもよい置換基としては、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、クロロ基、ブロモ基、フルオロ基、ヒドロキシ基、アミノ基、エポキシ基、オリゴエチレングリコール基、フェニル基、カルボキシル基等が挙げられ、現像性の観点から、ヒドロキシ基、オリゴエチレングリコール基が好ましい。 Specific examples of the alkenyl group include ethenyl group, propenyl group, butyryl group, cyclohexenyl group and the like. Among these, from the viewpoint of curability, an ethenyl group or a propenyl group is preferable, and an ethenyl group is more preferable.
Examples of the substituent that the alkenyl group may have include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, methoxy group, ethoxy group, chloro group, bromo group, fluoro group, hydroxy group, amino group, epoxy group, oligo group Examples thereof include an ethylene glycol group, a phenyl group, and a carboxyl group, and a hydroxy group and an oligoethylene glycol group are preferable from the viewpoint of developability.
前記式(I’’)においてtは0~5の整数を表す。tは、現像性の観点から、2以下が好ましく、1以下がより好ましく、0がさらに好ましい。 (T)
In the formula (I ″), t represents an integer of 0 to 5. From the viewpoint of developability, t is preferably 2 or less, more preferably 1 or less, and even more preferably 0.
(c2)アクリル共重合樹脂が前記一般式(I)で表される部分構造を含む場合、他に含まれる部分構造としては、現像性の観点から、下記一般式(I’’’)で表される部分構造が好ましい。 (Partial structure represented by general formula (I ′ ″))
(C2) When the acrylic copolymer resin includes the partial structure represented by the general formula (I), the other partial structure is represented by the following general formula (I ′ ″) from the viewpoint of developability. The partial structure is preferred.
[1-1-4-a-1]カルボキシル基含有(共)重合体(1)
カルボキシル基含有(共)重合体の代表的なものとしては、具体的には、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸、クロトン酸、イソクロトン酸、マレイン酸、無水マレイン酸、イタコン酸、シトラコン酸等の不飽和カルボン酸と、スチレン、α-メチルスチレン、ヒドロキシスチレン等のスチレン類、メチル(メタ)アクリレート、エチル(メタ)アクリレート、プロピル(メタ)アクリレート、ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、ペンチル(メタ)アクリレート、ヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、ドデシル(メタ)アクリレート、2-エチルヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、ジシクロペンタニル(メタ)アクリレート、アダマンチル(メタ)アクリレート、イソボルニル(メタ)アクリレート、ヒドロキシメチル(メタ)アクリレート、ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、グリシジル(メタ)アクリレート、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート、N,N-ジメチルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリレート、N-(メタ)アクリロイルモルホリン等の(メタ)アクリル酸エステル類、(メタ)アクリロニトリル等の(メタ)アクリロニトリル類、(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-メチロール(メタ)アクリルアミド、N,N-ジメチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N,N-ジメチルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリルアミド等の(メタ)アクリルアミド類、酢酸ビニル等のビニル化合物類等との共重合体が挙げられる。 [1-1-4-a] (C-1) Carboxyl group-containing (co) polymer [1-1-4-a-1] Carboxyl group-containing (co) polymer (1)
Specific examples of carboxyl group-containing (co) polymers include, for example, (meth) acrylic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, maleic acid, maleic anhydride, itaconic acid, citraconic acid and the like. Saturated carboxylic acids and styrenes such as styrene, α-methylstyrene, hydroxystyrene, methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, propyl (meth) acrylate, butyl (meth) acrylate, pentyl (meth) acrylate, hexyl (Meth) acrylate, dodecyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, dicyclopentanyl (meth) acrylate, adamantyl (meth) acrylate, isobornyl (meth) acrylate, hydroxymethyl (meth) acrylate, hydroxyethyl (Meth) acrylates such as (meth) acrylate, glycidyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, N, N-dimethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, N- (meth) acryloylmorpholine, (meth) acrylonitrile (Meth) acrylonitriles such as (meth) acrylamide, (meth) acrylamide, N-methylol (meth) acrylamide, N, N-dimethyl (meth) acrylamide, (meth) acrylamides such as N, N-dimethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylamide, Examples thereof include copolymers with vinyl compounds such as vinyl acetate.
また、前記の不飽和カルボン酸に代えて、ヒドロキシアルキル(メタ)アクリレートに多塩基酸(無水物)を付加させた化合物と、前記のスチレン類、(メタ)アクリル酸エステル類、(メタ)アクリロニトリル類、(メタ)アクリルアミド類、ビニル化合物類等との共重合体が挙げられる。 [1-1-4-a-2] Carboxyl group-containing (co) polymer (2)
Moreover, it replaces with the said unsaturated carboxylic acid, the compound which added the polybasic acid (anhydride) to hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylate, the said styrene, (meth) acrylic acid ester, (meth) acrylonitrile. And copolymers with (meth) acrylamides, vinyl compounds and the like.
[1-1-4-b-1]不飽和カルボン酸と2種以上のエチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物との共重合体
側鎖にエチレン性不飽和基を有するカルボキシル基含有(共)重合体として、例えば、アリル(メタ)アクリレート、3-アリルオキシ-2-ヒドロキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、シンナミル(メタ)アクリレート、クロトニル(メタ)アクリレート、メタリル(メタ)アクリレート、N,N-ジアリル(メタ)アクリルアミド等の2種以上のエチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物、または、ビニル(メタ)アクリレート、1-クロロビニル(メタ)アクリレート、2-フェニルビニル(メタ)アクリレート、1-プロペニル(メタ)アクリレート、ビニルクロトネート、ビニル(メタ)アクリルアミド等の2種以上のエチレ性不飽和基を有する化合物と、(メタ)アクリル酸等の不飽和カルボン酸、またはさらに不飽和カルボン酸エステル等とを、前者のエチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物の全体に占める割合を10~90モル%、好ましくは30~80モル%程度となるように共重合させて得られた共重合体等が挙げられる。 [1-1-4-b] (C-2) Carboxyl group-containing (co) polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain [1-1-4-b-1] unsaturated carboxylic acid and two kinds Copolymers with the above compounds having an ethylenically unsaturated group As carboxyl group-containing (co) polymers having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain, for example, allyl (meth) acrylate, 3-allyloxy-2-hydroxy A compound having two or more ethylenically unsaturated groups such as propyl (meth) acrylate, cinnamyl (meth) acrylate, crotonyl (meth) acrylate, methallyl (meth) acrylate, N, N-diallyl (meth) acrylamide, or Vinyl (meth) acrylate, 1-chlorovinyl (meth) acrylate, 2-phenylvinyl (meth) acrylate, 1-propenyl (meta ) A compound having two or more ethylenically unsaturated groups such as acrylate, vinyl crotonate, and vinyl (meth) acrylamide, and an unsaturated carboxylic acid such as (meth) acrylic acid, or an unsaturated carboxylic acid ester Examples thereof include a copolymer obtained by copolymerizing such that the ratio of the former compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group to the whole is 10 to 90 mol%, preferably about 30 to 80 mol%.
また、側鎖にエチレン性不飽和基を有するカルボキシル基含有(共)重合体として、例えば、カルボキシル基含有(共)重合体に、エポキシ基含有不飽和化合物を反応させて、カルボキシル基含有(共)重合体のカルボキシル基の一部にエポキシ基含有不飽和化合物のエポキシ基を付加させて変性した変性カルボキシル基含有(共)重合体が挙げられる。 [1-1-4-b-2] Epoxy group-containing unsaturated compound-modified carboxyl group-containing (co) polymer Further, as a carboxyl group-containing (co) polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain, for example, Modification by reacting a carboxyl group-containing (co) polymer with an epoxy group-containing unsaturated compound and adding an epoxy group of the epoxy group-containing unsaturated compound to a part of the carboxyl group of the carboxyl group-containing (co) polymer. Modified carboxyl group-containing (co) polymers.
また、側鎖にエチレン性不飽和基を有するカルボキシル基含有(共)重合体として、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸等の不飽和カルボン酸と、前述の脂肪族エポキシ基含有不飽和化合物または脂環式エポキシ基含有不飽和化合物、またはさらに不飽和カルボン酸エステルやスチレン等とを、前者のカルボキシル基含有不飽和化合物の全体に占める割合を10~90モル%、好ましくは30~80モル%程度となるように共重合させて得られた共重合体に、(メタ)アクリル酸等の不飽和カルボン酸を反応させて、該共重合体のエポキシ基に不飽和カルボン酸のカルボキシル基を付加させて変性した変性エポキシ基及びカルボキシル基含有(共)重合体が挙げられる。 [1-1-4-b-3] Unsaturated carboxylic acid-modified epoxy group and carboxyl group-containing (co) polymer Further, as a carboxyl group-containing (co) polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain, for example, , Unsaturated carboxylic acid such as (meth) acrylic acid, the above-mentioned aliphatic epoxy group-containing unsaturated compound or alicyclic epoxy group-containing unsaturated compound, or unsaturated carboxylic acid ester or styrene, etc. The copolymer obtained by copolymerizing the carboxyl group-containing unsaturated compound to a proportion of 10 to 90 mol%, preferably about 30 to 80 mol%, is added to the copolymer such as (meth) acrylic acid. Modified epoxy group and carboxyl group-containing (co) polymer modified by reacting saturated carboxylic acid and adding carboxyl group of unsaturated carboxylic acid to epoxy group of the copolymer The body is mentioned.
また、側鎖にエチレン性不飽和基を有するカルボキシル基含有(共)重合体として、エポキシ基含有(メタ)アクリレートとエチレン性不飽和化合物との共重合体に対し、該共重合体が有するエポキシ基の少なくとも一部にエチレン性不飽和モノカルボン酸を付加し、さらに付加により生じた水酸基の少なくとも一部に多塩基酸(無水物)を付加して得られる酸変性エポキシ基含有(共)重合体が挙げられる。 [1-1-4-b-4] Acid-modified epoxy group-containing (co) polymer In addition, as a carboxyl group-containing (co) polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain, an epoxy group-containing (meth) acrylate And an ethylenically unsaturated compound, an ethylenically unsaturated monocarboxylic acid is added to at least a part of the epoxy group of the copolymer, and at least a part of the hydroxyl groups generated by the addition are added. Examples include acid-modified epoxy group-containing (co) polymers obtained by adding a basic acid (anhydride).
これらの中でも、溶解性の観点から、R1d~R4dは水素原子であることが好ましい。 The carbon number of the alkyl group in R 1d to R 4d is preferably 8 or less, more preferably 5 or less. There exists a tendency for it to become suitable image development solubility by setting it as the said upper limit or less.
Among these, from the viewpoint of solubility, R 1d to R 4d are preferably hydrogen atoms.
これらの中でも、現像溶解性の観点から、R5d及びR6dが水素原子であるか、R5dとR6dとが連結して炭素数5~6の脂肪族環を形成していることが好ましい。 The carbon number of the alkyl group in R 5d and R 6d is preferably 8 or less, more preferably 5 or less. There exists a tendency which shows appropriate solubility by setting it as the said lower limit or more, and there exists a tendency for hydrophilicity to be hold | maintained by setting it as the said upper limit or less.
Among these, from the viewpoint of development solubility, R 5d and R 6d are preferably hydrogen atoms, or R 5d and R 6d are connected to form an aliphatic ring having 5 to 6 carbon atoms. .
[1-1-4-c-1]酸変性エポキシ樹脂
カルボキシル基及びエチレン性不飽和基含有樹脂として、例えば、エポキシ樹脂のエチレン性不飽和基モノカルボン酸付加体に、多塩基酸(無水物)が付加された、カルボキシル基及びエチレン性不飽和基含有エポキシ樹脂、つまりいわゆるエポキシ(メタ)アクリレート樹脂が挙げられる。即ち、エポキシ樹脂のエポキシ基に、エチレン性不飽和モノカルボン酸のカルボキシ基が開環付加されることにより、エポキシ樹脂にエステル結合(-COO-)を介してエチレン性不飽和結合が付加されると共に、その際生じた水酸基に、多塩基酸(無水物)の一方のカルボキシ基が付加されたものが挙げられる。 [1-1-4-c] (C-3) Carboxyl group and ethylenically unsaturated group-containing resin [1-1-4-c-1] acid-modified epoxy resin As carboxyl group and ethylenically unsaturated group-containing resin For example, a carboxyl group- and ethylenically unsaturated group-containing epoxy resin obtained by adding a polybasic acid (anhydride) to an ethylenically unsaturated group monocarboxylic acid adduct of an epoxy resin, that is, a so-called epoxy (meth) acrylate resin Is mentioned. That is, an ethylenically unsaturated bond is added to the epoxy resin via an ester bond (—COO—) by ring-opening addition of the carboxy group of the ethylenically unsaturated monocarboxylic acid to the epoxy group of the epoxy resin. In addition, one in which one carboxy group of a polybasic acid (anhydride) is added to the hydroxyl group generated at that time.
カルボキシル基及びエチレン性不飽和基含有樹脂として、例えば、フェノール樹脂のエチレン性不飽和基含有エポキシ化合物付加体に、多塩基酸(無水物)が付加された、カルボキシル基及びエチレン性不飽和基含有フェノール樹脂が挙げられる。即ち、フェノール樹脂のフェノール性水酸基に、エチレン性不飽和基含有エポキシ化合物のエポキシ基が開環付加されることにより、フェノール樹脂にエステル結合(-COO-)を介してエチレン性不飽和結合が付加されると共に、その際生じた水酸基に、多塩基酸(無水物)の一方のカルボキシ基が付加されたものが挙げられる。 [1-1-4-c-2] Modified Phenol Resin As a carboxyl group- and ethylenically unsaturated group-containing resin, for example, a polybasic acid (anhydride) is added to an ethylenically unsaturated group-containing epoxy compound adduct of a phenol resin. And phenolic resins containing carboxyl groups and ethylenically unsaturated groups. That is, the epoxy group of an epoxy compound containing an ethylenically unsaturated group is ring-opened and added to the phenolic hydroxyl group of the phenol resin, thereby adding an ethylenically unsaturated bond to the phenol resin via an ester bond (—COO—). In addition, one in which one carboxy group of a polybasic acid (anhydride) is added to the hydroxyl group generated at that time.
なお、ノボラック樹脂、レゾール樹脂等のフェノール性水酸基にエチレン性不飽和基含有エポキシ化合物を付加させる好ましい割合は、1~99モル%である。この割合はフェノール性水酸基に対して加えるエチレン性不飽和基含有エポキシ化合物の量で調整できる。 The amount of the catalyst used is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, particularly preferably 0.3 to 5%, based on the reaction raw material mixture (total of novolak resin, resol resin and ethylenically unsaturated group-containing epoxy compound). % By mass. In order to prevent polymerization during the reaction, one or more polymerization inhibitors (eg, methoquinone, hydroquinone, methylhydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, pyrogallol, tert-butylcatechol, dibutylhydroxytoluene, phenothiazine, etc.) Is preferably used in an amount of 0.01 to 10% by mass, particularly preferably 0.03 to 5% by mass, based on the reaction raw material mixture.
A preferred ratio of adding an ethylenically unsaturated group-containing epoxy compound to a phenolic hydroxyl group such as a novolak resin or a resole resin is 1 to 99 mol%. This ratio can be adjusted by the amount of the ethylenically unsaturated group-containing epoxy compound added to the phenolic hydroxyl group.
その他、アルカリ現像液に対して劣化しやすい基板の有機電界素子に隔壁を設けようとする場合であって、弱アルカリ性のアルカリ性化合物の現像液、或いはアルカリ性化合物を含有しない現像液を用いる場合においては、アルカリ可溶性樹脂として、ポリビニルアルコール、あるいは前記[1-1-4-a-1]カルボキシル基含有(共)重合体(1)で挙げた共単量体(好ましい例としては、酢酸ビニル等)を0.1~40モル%、好ましくは1~30モル%共重合させたビニルアルコール共重合体、あるいは前記[1-1-4-a-1]カルボキシル基含有(共)重合体(1)で挙げた共重合体をエステル化反応により0.1~40モル%、好ましくは1~30モル%導入した変性ポリビニルアルコールが好ましく用いられる。 [1-1-4-d] Other alkali-soluble resin In addition, a weak alkaline alkaline compound developer in the case where a partition wall is to be provided on an organic electric field element of a substrate that easily deteriorates against an alkaline developer. Alternatively, in the case of using a developer containing no alkaline compound, examples of the alkali-soluble resin include polyvinyl alcohol or the [1-1-4-a-1] carboxyl group-containing (co) polymer (1). A vinyl alcohol copolymer obtained by copolymerizing 0.1 to 40 mol%, preferably 1 to 30 mol% of a comonomer (preferably vinyl acetate or the like), or the above [1-1-4-a -1] Modified poly-polymers introduced with 0.1 to 40 mol%, preferably 1 to 30 mol% of the copolymer mentioned in the carboxyl group-containing (co) polymer (1) by an esterification reaction Vinyl alcohol is preferably used.
本発明の有機電界発光素子隔壁形成用感光性樹脂組成物は、(D)撥液剤を含有していてもよい。特に、インクジェット法で有機電界発光素子を作製する場合には(D)撥液剤を含有することが好ましく、(D)撥液剤を含有することでそれが隔壁の表面に撥液性を付与できることから、得られる隔壁を有機層の発光部(画素)ごとの混色を防ぐものとすることができると考えられる。 [1-1-5] Component (D); Liquid Repellent Agent The photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition of the present invention may contain (D) a liquid repellent agent. In particular, when an organic electroluminescent device is produced by an ink jet method, it is preferable to contain (D) a liquid repellent, and (D) it can impart liquid repellency to the surface of the partition wall by containing the liquid repellent. It is considered that the obtained partition wall can prevent color mixing for each light emitting portion (pixel) of the organic layer.
架橋基含有撥液剤を用いる場合には、形成した塗布膜を露光する際にその表面での架橋反応を加速することができ、撥液剤が現像処理で流出しにくくなり、その結果、得られる隔壁を高い撥液性を示すものとすることができると考えられる。 Examples of the liquid repellent include a silicone-containing compound and a fluorine-based compound, and preferably include a liquid repellent having a crosslinking group (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “crosslinking group-containing liquid repellent”). Examples of the crosslinking group include an epoxy group or an ethylenically unsaturated group, and an ethylenically unsaturated group is preferable from the viewpoint of suppressing the outflow of the liquid repellent component of the developer.
When the crosslinkable group-containing liquid repellent is used, when the formed coating film is exposed, the cross-linking reaction on the surface can be accelerated, and the liquid repellent is less likely to flow out during the development process. Can be considered to exhibit high liquid repellency.
特に、現像の際、未露光部から感光性樹脂組成物の残渣を除去する作用があり、また、濡れ性を発現する機能を有することから、シリコーン系界面活性剤が好ましく、ポリエーテル変性シリコーン系界面活性剤がさらに好ましい。 On the other hand, in the photosensitive resin composition for forming a partition wall of the present invention, a surfactant may be used together with (D) the liquid repellent, and a surfactant may be used instead of (D) the liquid repellent. The surfactant can be used for the purpose of improving the coating property of the photosensitive resin composition for forming a partition wall and improving the developability of the coating film, among which a fluorine-based or silicone-based surfactant is preferable. .
In particular, at the time of development, a silicone-based surfactant is preferable because it has an action of removing the residue of the photosensitive resin composition from the unexposed area and also has a function of expressing wettability. A surfactant is more preferred.
界面活性剤として、フッ素系界面活性剤及びシリコーン系界面活性剤以外のものを含んでいてもよく、その他、界面活性剤としては、ノニオン性、アニオン性、カチオン性、両性界面活性剤等が挙げられる。 Examples of the silicone surfactant include “DC3PA”, “SH7PA”, “DC11PA”, “SH21PA”, “SH28PA”, “SH29PA”, “8032Additive”, “SH8400” manufactured by Toray Dow Corning, Commercial products such as “BYK323” and “BYK330” manufactured by Big Chemie may be mentioned.
Surfactants may include those other than fluorosurfactants and silicone surfactants, and other surfactants include nonionic, anionic, cationic, amphoteric surfactants and the like. It is done.
本発明の有機電界発光素子隔壁形成用感光性樹脂組成物は、重合禁止剤を含有してもよい。重合禁止剤を含有することでそれがラジカル重合を阻害することから、得られる隔壁のテーパー角を大きくすることができると考えられる。
重合禁止剤としては、ハイドロキノン、ハイドロキノンモノメチルエーテル、メチルヒドロキノン、メトキシフェノール、2,6-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-クレゾール(BHT)等が挙げられる。これらの中でも重合禁止能力の観点から、ハイドロキノン又はメトキシフェノールが好ましく、メチルハイドロキノンがより好ましい。 [1-1-6] Polymerization inhibitor The photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition of the present invention may contain a polymerization inhibitor. It is considered that the taper angle of the obtained partition wall can be increased because it contains a polymerization inhibitor and inhibits radical polymerization.
Examples of the polymerization inhibitor include hydroquinone, hydroquinone monomethyl ether, methylhydroquinone, methoxyphenol, 2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-cresol (BHT) and the like. Among these, hydroquinone or methoxyphenol is preferable from the viewpoint of the ability to inhibit polymerization, and methylhydroquinone is more preferable.
本発明の有機電界発光素子隔壁形成用感光性樹脂組成物は、紫外線吸収剤を含有してもよい。紫外線吸収剤は、露光に用いられる光源の特定の波長を紫外線吸収剤によって吸収させることにより、光硬化分布を制御する目的で添加されるものである。紫外線吸収剤の添加により、現像後のテーパー角形状を改善したり、現像後に非露光部に残る残渣をなくしたりする等の効果が得られる。紫外線吸収剤としては、開始剤の光吸収の阻害の観点から、例えば、波長250nmから400nmの間に吸収極大を有する化合物を用いることができる。
紫外線吸収剤の例としては、ベンゾトリアゾール系化合物、トリアジン系化合物、ベンゾフェノン化合物、ベンゾエート化合物、桂皮酸誘導体、ナフタレン誘導体、アントラセン及びその誘導体、ジナフタレン化合物、フェナントロリン化合物、染料等が挙げられる。
これらの紫外線吸収剤は、単独又は2種以上組み合わせて用いることができる。 [1-1-7] Ultraviolet Absorber The photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition of the present invention may contain an ultraviolet absorber. The ultraviolet absorber is added for the purpose of controlling the photocuring distribution by absorbing a specific wavelength of a light source used for exposure by the ultraviolet absorber. By adding an ultraviolet absorber, effects such as improving the taper angle shape after development and eliminating the residue remaining in the non-exposed area after development can be obtained. As the ultraviolet absorber, from the viewpoint of inhibiting the light absorption of the initiator, for example, a compound having an absorption maximum between wavelengths of 250 nm to 400 nm can be used.
Examples of the ultraviolet absorber include benzotriazole compounds, triazine compounds, benzophenone compounds, benzoate compounds, cinnamic acid derivatives, naphthalene derivatives, anthracene and derivatives thereof, dinaphthalene compounds, phenanthroline compounds, dyes, and the like.
These ultraviolet absorbers can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
前記式(Z1)において、R1e及びR2eは各々独立に、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、一般式(Z2)で表される基、又は一般式(Z3)で表される基を表す。 (R 1e and R 2e )
In Formula (Z1), R 1e and R 2e are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, a group represented by General Formula (Z2), or General Formula (Z3). Represents the group represented.
また、アルキル基が有していてもよい置換基としては、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、クロロ基、ブロモ基、フルオロ基、ヒドロキシ基、アミノ基、エポキシ基、オリゴエチレングリコール基、フェニル基、カルボキシル基、アクリロイル基、メタクリロイル基等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the alkyl group include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, butyl group, isobutyl group, tert-butyl group and the like. Of these, a tert-butyl group is preferred.
The substituents that the alkyl group may have include methoxy group, ethoxy group, chloro group, bromo group, fluoro group, hydroxy group, amino group, epoxy group, oligoethylene glycol group, phenyl group, carboxyl group , Acryloyl group, methacryloyl group and the like.
前記式(Z1)において、R3eは、水素原子又はハロゲン原子を表す。
ハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子等が挙げられる。
これらの中でも合成の観点から、R3eが水素原子であることが好ましい。 (R 3e )
In the formula (Z1), R 3e represents a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom.
Examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.
Among these, from the viewpoint of synthesis, R 3e is preferably a hydrogen atom.
前記式(Z2)において、R4eは置換基を有していてもよいアルキレン基を表す。
アルキレン基としては、直鎖状、分岐鎖状又は環状のアルキレン基が挙げられる。その炭素数は通常1以上であり、2以上が好ましく、また6以下が好ましく、4以下がより好ましく、3以下がさらに好ましい。 (R 4e )
In the formula (Z2), R 4e represents an alkylene group which may have a substituent.
Examples of the alkylene group include linear, branched or cyclic alkylene groups. The number of carbon atoms is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, preferably 6 or less, more preferably 4 or less, and still more preferably 3 or less.
また、アルキレン基が有していてもよい置換基としては、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、クロロ基、ブロモ基、フルオロ基、ヒドロキシ基、アミノ基、エポキシ基、オリゴエチレングリコール基、フェニル基、カルボキシル基、アクリロイル基、メタクリロイル基等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the alkylene group include methylene group, ethylene group, propylene group, propylene group, butylene group and the like. Among these, an ethylene group is preferable.
In addition, as the substituent that the alkylene group may have, methoxy group, ethoxy group, chloro group, bromo group, fluoro group, hydroxy group, amino group, epoxy group, oligoethylene glycol group, phenyl group, carboxyl group , Acryloyl group, methacryloyl group and the like.
前記式(Z2)において、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基を表す。
アルキル基としては、直鎖状、分岐鎖状又は環状のアルキル基が挙げられる。その炭素数は、4以上であることが好ましく、5以上であることがより好ましく、7以上であることがさらに好ましく、また、15以下であることが好ましく、10以下であることがより好ましく、9以下であることがさらに好ましい。 (R 5e )
In the formula (Z2), an alkyl group which may have a substituent is represented.
Examples of the alkyl group include linear, branched or cyclic alkyl groups. The number of carbon atoms is preferably 4 or more, more preferably 5 or more, still more preferably 7 or more, and is preferably 15 or less, more preferably 10 or less, More preferably, it is 9 or less.
また、アルキル基が有していてもよい置換基としては、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、クロロ基、ブロモ基、フルオロ基、ヒドロキシ基、アミノ基、エポキシ基、オリゴエチレングリコール基、フェニル基、カルボキシル基、アクリロイル基、メタクリロイル基等が挙げられる。
これらの中でもテーパー形状の観点から、R5eがヘプチル基、オクチル基、ノニル基であることが好ましい。 Specific examples of the alkyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a heptyl group, an octyl group, and a nonyl group.
The substituents that the alkyl group may have include methoxy group, ethoxy group, chloro group, bromo group, fluoro group, hydroxy group, amino group, epoxy group, oligoethylene glycol group, phenyl group, carboxyl group , Acryloyl group, methacryloyl group and the like.
Among these, from the viewpoint of a tapered shape, R 5e is preferably a heptyl group, an octyl group, or a nonyl group.
前記式(Z3)において、R6eは置換基を有していてもよいアルキレン基を表す。
アルキレン基としては、直鎖状、分岐鎖状又は環状のアルキレン基が挙げられる。その炭素数は通常1以上であり、2以上が好ましく、また、6以下が好ましく、4以下がより好ましく、3以下がさらに好ましい。 (R 6e )
In the formula (Z3), R 6e represents an alkylene group which may have a substituent.
Examples of the alkylene group include linear, branched or cyclic alkylene groups. The carbon number is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, preferably 6 or less, more preferably 4 or less, and still more preferably 3 or less.
また、アルキレン基が有していてもよい置換基としては、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、クロロ基、ブロモ基、フルオロ基、ヒドロキシ基、アミノ基、エポキシ基、オリゴエチレングリコール基、フェニル基、カルボキシル基、アクリロイル基、メタクリロイル基等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the alkylene group include methylene group, ethylene group, propylene group, propylene group, butylene group and the like. Among these, an ethylene group is preferable.
In addition, as the substituent that the alkylene group may have, methoxy group, ethoxy group, chloro group, bromo group, fluoro group, hydroxy group, amino group, epoxy group, oligoethylene glycol group, phenyl group, carboxyl group , Acryloyl group, methacryloyl group and the like.
市販されているトリアジン系化合物としては、例えば、TINUVIN400、TINUVIN405、TINUVIN460、TINUVIN477、TINUVIN479(BASF製)等を挙げることができる。 Examples of triazine compounds include 2- [4,6-di (2,4-xylyl) -1,3,5-triazin-2-yl] -5-octyloxyphenol, 2- [4,6-bis ( 2,4-Dimethylphenyl) -1,3,5-triazin-2-yl] -5- [3- (dodecyloxy) -2-hydroxypropoxy] phenol, 2- (2,4-dihydroxyphenyl) -4 , 6-Bis (2,4-dimethylphenyl) -1,3,5-triazine and (2-ethylhexyl-glycidic acid ester reaction product, 2,4-bis "2-hydroxy-4-butoxyphenyl"- 6- (2,4-dibutoxyphenyl) -1,3-5-triazine, etc. Of these, hydroxyphenyl triazine compounds are preferred from the viewpoint of taper angle and exposure sensitivity.
Examples of commercially available triazine compounds include TINUVIN 400, TINUVIN 405, TINUVIN 460, TINUVIN 477, and TINUVIN 479 (manufactured by BASF).
さらに、本発明の有機電界発光素子隔壁形成用感光性樹脂組成物には、熱重合開始剤が含有されていてもよい。熱重合開始剤を含有することで、膜の架橋度を高くできる傾向がある。このような熱重合開始剤の具体例としては、例えば、アゾ系化合物、有機過酸化物及び過酸化水素等が挙げられる。これらは1種を単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。 [1-1-8] Thermal Polymerization Initiator Furthermore, the photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition of the present invention may contain a thermal polymerization initiator. By containing a thermal polymerization initiator, there is a tendency that the degree of crosslinking of the film can be increased. Specific examples of such a thermal polymerization initiator include azo compounds, organic peroxides, hydrogen peroxide, and the like. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
本発明の有機電界発光素子隔壁形成用感光性樹脂組成物には、熱硬化を促進するためにアミノ化合物が含まれていてもよい。この場合、感光性樹脂組成物中のアミノ化合物の含有割合としては、感光性樹脂組成物の全固形分に対して、通常40質量%以下、好ましくは30質量%以下である。また、通常0.5質量%以上、好ましくは1質量%以上である。前記上限値以下とすることで保存安定性を維持できる傾向があり、前記下限値以上とすることで十分な熱硬化性を確保できる傾向がある。 [1-1-9] Amino Compound The photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition of the present invention may contain an amino compound in order to promote thermosetting. In this case, the content ratio of the amino compound in the photosensitive resin composition is usually 40% by mass or less, preferably 30% by mass or less, based on the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition. Moreover, it is 0.5 mass% or more normally, Preferably it is 1 mass% or more. There exists a tendency which can maintain storage stability by setting it as the said upper limit or less, and there exists a tendency which can ensure sufficient thermosetting by setting it as the said lower limit or more.
本発明の有機電界発光素子隔壁形成用感光性樹脂組成物には、隔壁を着色させる目的で着色剤が含まれていてもよい。着色剤としては、顔料、染料等公知の着色剤を用いることができる。また、例えば、顔料を用いる際に、その顔料が凝集したりせずに安定して感光性樹脂組成物中に存在できるように、公知の分散剤や分散助剤が併用されてもよい。特に撥液性隔壁を黒色に着色することで、鮮明な画素表示が得られる効果がある。黒色着色剤としては黒色染料や黒色顔料、カーボンブラック、チタンブラック等の他、有機顔料を混合させて黒く着色することも低導電性を持たせる効果として有効である。着色剤の含有割合としては製版性と色特性の観点から、感光性樹脂組成物の全固形分に対して、通常60質量%以下、好ましくは40質量%以下である。
一方で、隔壁からのアウトガス発生量を低減させる目的の場合、隔壁を透明にするのが望ましく、その場合の着色剤の含有割合は、感光性樹脂組成物の全固形分に対して、好ましくは10質量%以下、より好ましくは5質量%以下、特に好ましくは0質量%である。 [1-1-10] Colorant The photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition of the present invention may contain a colorant for the purpose of coloring the partition. As the colorant, known colorants such as pigments and dyes can be used. For example, when using a pigment, a known dispersant or dispersion aid may be used in combination so that the pigment can be stably present in the photosensitive resin composition without agglomeration. In particular, by coloring the liquid repellent partition wall black, there is an effect that a clear pixel display can be obtained. In addition to black dyes, black pigments, carbon black, titanium black, and the like as black colorants, mixing with organic pigments and coloring them black is also effective as an effect of imparting low conductivity. The content of the colorant is usually 60% by mass or less, preferably 40% by mass or less, based on the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition, from the viewpoints of plate making properties and color characteristics.
On the other hand, for the purpose of reducing the amount of outgas generated from the partition wall, it is desirable to make the partition wall transparent, and the content ratio of the colorant in that case is preferably based on the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition. It is 10 mass% or less, More preferably, it is 5 mass% or less, Most preferably, it is 0 mass%.
本発明の有機電界発光素子隔壁形成用感光性樹脂組成物には、塗布性や現像溶解性を向上するために塗布性向上剤や現像改良剤が含まれていてもよい。塗布性向上剤あるいは現像改良剤としては、例えば公知の、カチオン性、アニオン性、ノニオン性、フッ素系、シリコーン系界面活性剤を用いることができる。また、現像改良剤として、有機カルボン酸或いはその無水物等公知のものを用いることもできる。また、その含有割合は、感度の観点から、感光性樹脂組成物の全固形分に対して、通常20質量%以下、好ましくは10質量%以下である。 [1-1-11] Coatability improver, development improver The photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition according to the present invention includes a coatability improver and a developer for improving coatability and development solubility. An improver may be included. As the coatability improver or development improver, for example, known cationic, anionic, nonionic, fluorine-based, and silicone-based surfactants can be used. Further, as the development improver, known ones such as organic carboxylic acids or anhydrides thereof can be used. Moreover, the content rate is 20 mass% or less normally with respect to the total solid of the photosensitive resin composition from a viewpoint of a sensitivity, Preferably it is 10 mass% or less.
本発明の有機電界発光素子隔壁形成用感光性樹脂組成物には、基板との密着性を改善するため、シランカップリング剤を添加することも好ましい。シランカップリング剤の種類としては、エポキシ系、メタクリル系、アミノ系、イミダゾール系等種々の物が使用できるが、密着性向上の観点から、特にエポキシ系、イミダゾール系のシランカップリング剤が好ましい。その含有割合は、密着性の観点から、感光性樹脂組成物の全固形分に対して、通常20質量%以下、好ましくは15質量%以下である。 [1-1-12] Silane Coupling Agent A silane coupling agent is preferably added to the photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition wall of the present invention in order to improve adhesion to the substrate. Various types of silane coupling agents such as epoxy, methacrylic, amino, and imidazole can be used, and epoxy and imidazole silane coupling agents are particularly preferable from the viewpoint of improving adhesion. The content is usually 20% by mass or less, preferably 15% by mass or less, based on the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition, from the viewpoint of adhesion.
本発明の有機電界発光素子隔壁形成用感光性樹脂組成物には、基板との密着性を改善するため、リン酸系密着向上剤を添加することも好ましい。リン酸系密着向上剤としては、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基含有ホスフェート類が好ましく、中でも下記一般式(Va)、(Vb)、(Vc)で表されるものが好ましい。 [1-1-13] Phosphate adhesion improver A phosphoric acid adhesion improver is added to the photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition wall of the present invention in order to improve adhesion to a substrate. It is also preferable. As the phosphate-based adhesion improver, (meth) acryloyloxy group-containing phosphates are preferable, and those represented by the following general formulas (Va), (Vb), and (Vc) are particularly preferable.
また、本発明の有機電界発光素子隔壁形成用感光性樹脂組成物は、さらに、硬化物としての強度の向上と共に、アルカリ可溶性樹脂との適度な相互作用(マトリックス構造の形成)による塗布膜の優れた平坦性とテーパー角の向上等を目的として、無機充填剤を含有していてもよい。そのような無機充填剤としては、例えば、タルク、シリカ、アルミナ、硫酸バリウム、酸化マグネシウム、或いは、これらを各種シランカップリング剤により表面処理したもの等が挙げられる。 [1-1-14] Inorganic Filler Further, the photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition wall of the present invention further has a moderate interaction with an alkali-soluble resin as well as an improvement in strength as a cured product ( An inorganic filler may be contained for the purpose of improving the flatness and taper angle of the coating film by forming the matrix structure. Examples of such inorganic fillers include talc, silica, alumina, barium sulfate, magnesium oxide, and those obtained by surface treatment with various silane coupling agents.
本発明の有機電界発光素子隔壁形成用感光性樹脂組成物は、通常溶剤を含有し、前述の各成分を溶剤に溶解または分散させた状態で使用される(以下、溶剤を含む感光性樹脂組成物を「感光性樹脂組成物溶液」と記すことがある)。その溶剤としては、特に制限は無いが、例えば、以下に記載する有機溶剤が挙げられる。 [1-1-15] Solvent The photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition of the present invention usually contains a solvent, and is used in a state where each of the aforementioned components is dissolved or dispersed in the solvent (hereinafter referred to as “the solvent”) And a photosensitive resin composition containing a solvent may be referred to as a “photosensitive resin composition solution”). Although there is no restriction | limiting in particular as the solvent, For example, the organic solvent described below is mentioned.
本発明の有機電界発光素子隔壁形成用感光性樹脂組成物の物性としては、例えば、酸価が挙げられる。有機電界発光素子隔壁形成用感光性樹脂組成物の全固形分に対する酸価は特に限定されないが、20mgKOH/g以上が好ましく、22mgKOH/g以上がより好ましく、24mgKOH/g以上がさらに好ましく、26mgKOH/g以上がよりさらに好ましく、28mgKOH/g以上が特に好ましく、また、通常60mgKOH/g以下であり、55mgKOH/g以下が好ましく、50mgKOH/g以下がより好ましく、40mgKOH/g以下がさらに好ましく、35mgKOH/g以下が特に好ましい。前記下限値以上とすることで現像液への溶解性が高く、未露光部が十分に溶解、除去できることでテーパー角が大きくなる傾向があり、また、前記上限値以下とすることで現像密着性が良好となる傾向がある。 [1-2] Physical Properties of Photosensitive Resin Composition for Forming Organic Electroluminescent Device Partitions The physical properties of the photosensitive resin composition for forming organic electroluminescent device partitions of the present invention include, for example, acid value. Although the acid value with respect to the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition is not particularly limited, it is preferably 20 mgKOH / g or more, more preferably 22 mgKOH / g or more, further preferably 24 mgKOH / g or more, 26 mgKOH / g is more preferably 28 mgKOH / g or more, usually 60 mgKOH / g or less, preferably 55 mgKOH / g or less, more preferably 50 mgKOH / g or less, further preferably 40 mgKOH / g or less, 35 mgKOH / g Particularly preferred is g or less. When the amount is not less than the lower limit, the solubility in the developer is high, and the taper angle tends to be large because the unexposed portion can be sufficiently dissolved and removed. Tends to be good.
本発明の有機電界発光素子隔壁形成用感光性樹脂組成物は、上記の各成分を撹拌機で混合することにより調製される。なお、調製された感光性樹脂組成物が均一なものとなるよう、メンブランフィルタ等を用いて濾過してもよい。 [1-3] Method for Preparing Photosensitive Resin Composition for Forming Organic Electroluminescent Device Partition The photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent device partition of the present invention is prepared by mixing the above components with a stirrer. Is done. In addition, you may filter using a membrane filter etc. so that the prepared photosensitive resin composition may become uniform.
本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は隔壁、特に有機電界発光素子の有機層(発光部)を区画するための隔壁を形成するために用いることができる。
以上説明した有機電界発光素子隔壁形成用感光性樹脂組成物を用いて隔壁(バンク)を形成する方法は特に限定されず、従来公知の方法を採用することができる。隔壁の形成方法としては、例えば、有機電界発光素子隔壁形成用感光性樹脂組成物を、基板上に塗布し、感光性樹脂組成物層を形成する塗布工程と、感光性樹脂組成物層を露光する露光工程と、を含む方法が挙げられる。このような隔壁の形成方法の具体例としては、フォトリソグラフィー法が挙げられる。 [2] Partition Wall and Partition Wall Forming Method The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention can be used to form a partition wall, particularly a partition wall for partitioning an organic layer (light emitting part) of an organic electroluminescence device.
The method for forming the partition (bank) using the photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition described above is not particularly limited, and a conventionally known method can be adopted. As a method for forming the partition, for example, a photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition is applied on a substrate to form a photosensitive resin composition layer, and the photosensitive resin composition layer is exposed. And an exposure step. A specific example of such a method for forming the partition wall is a photolithography method.
本発明の有機電界発光素子は、前述の有機電界発光素子隔壁形成用感光性樹脂組成物で構成される隔壁を備える。
以上説明した方法により製造された隔壁パターンを備える基板を用いて、種々の光学素子が製造される。有機電界発光素子を形成する方法は特に限定されないが、好ましくは、上記方法により基板上に隔壁のパターンを形成した後に、基板上の隔壁によって囲まれた領域内にインクを注入して画素等の有機層を形成することによって、有機電界発光素子が製造される。 [3] Organic electroluminescent device The organic electroluminescent device of the present invention includes a partition composed of the above-described photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent device partition.
Various optical elements are manufactured using a substrate having a partition pattern manufactured by the method described above. The method of forming the organic electroluminescent element is not particularly limited, but preferably, after forming a partition pattern on the substrate by the above method, ink is injected into a region surrounded by the partition on the substrate to form pixels or the like. An organic electroluminescent element is manufactured by forming an organic layer.
ボトムエミッション型では、例えば、透明電極を積層したガラス基板上に隔壁を形成し、隔壁で囲まれた開口部に正孔輸送層、発光層、電子輸送層、金属電極層を積層して作製される。一方で、トップエミッション型では、例えば、金属電極層を積層したガラス基板上に隔壁を形成し、隔壁で囲まれた開口部に電子輸送層、発光層、正孔輸送層、透明電極層を積層して作製される。 Examples of the type of organic electroluminescent element include a bottom emission type and a top emission type.
In the bottom emission type, for example, a partition is formed on a glass substrate on which transparent electrodes are stacked, and a hole transport layer, a light emitting layer, an electron transport layer, and a metal electrode layer are stacked in an opening surrounded by the partition. The On the other hand, in the top emission type, for example, a partition is formed on a glass substrate on which a metal electrode layer is stacked, and an electron transport layer, a light emitting layer, a hole transport layer, and a transparent electrode layer are stacked in an opening surrounded by the partition. Is produced.
本発明の画像表示装置は、前述の有機電界発光素子を含むものである。有機電界発光素子を含むものであれば、画像表示装置の型式や構造については特に制限はなく、例えば、アクティブ駆動型有機電界発光素子を用いて常法に従って組み立てることができる。例えば、「有機ELディスプレイ」(オーム社、平成16年8月20日発行、時任静士、安達千波矢、村田英幸著)に記載されているような方法で、本発明の画像表示装置を形成することができる。例えば、白色光を発光する有機電界発光素子とカラーフィルターとを組み合わせて画像表示させてもよいし、RGB等の発光色の異なる有機電界発光素子を組み合わせて画像表示させてもよい。 [4] Image display device The image display device of the present invention includes the organic electroluminescence device described above. As long as the organic electroluminescent element is included, the type and structure of the image display device are not particularly limited. For example, the active display organic electroluminescent element can be used for assembly according to a conventional method. For example, the image display device of the present invention is formed by a method as described in “Organic EL Display” (Ohm, published on August 20, 2004, by Shizushi Tokito, Chiba Adachi, and Hideyuki Murata). can do. For example, an organic electroluminescent element that emits white light and a color filter may be combined to display an image, or organic electroluminescent elements having different emission colors such as RGB may be combined to display an image.
本発明の照明は、前述の有機電界発光素子を含むものである。型式や構造については特に制限はなく、本発明の有機電界発光素子を用いて常法に従って組み立てることができる。有機電界発光素子としては、単純マトリックス駆動方式としてもよいし、アクティブマトリックス駆動方式としてもよい。
本発明の照明が白色光を発光するものとするために、白色光を発光する有機電界発光素子を用いてもよい。また、発光色の異なる有機電界発光素子を組み合わせて、各色が混色して白色となるよう構成してもよいし、混色比率を調整できるように構成して調色機能を付与してもよい。 [5] Illumination The illumination of the present invention includes the above-described organic electroluminescent element. There is no restriction | limiting in particular about a model or a structure, It can assemble in accordance with a conventional method using the organic electroluminescent element of this invention. The organic electroluminescence element may be a simple matrix driving method or an active matrix driving method.
In order for the illumination of the present invention to emit white light, an organic electroluminescent element that emits white light may be used. In addition, organic electroluminescent elements having different emission colors may be combined so that each color is mixed to become white, or the color mixing ratio can be adjusted to provide a color adjustment function.
各成分を表1に記載の配合割合(質量部)で用い、かつ、全固形分の含有割合が25質量%となるようにプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテートを用いて、各成分を均一になるまで撹拌して実施例及び比較例の有機電界発光素子隔壁形成用感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。なお、表1中の数値は固形分の値を意味する。
なお、表中の記号は以下のものを表す。 [1] Preparation and Evaluation of Photosensitive Resin Composition for Forming Organic Electroluminescent Device Partition Wall Each component is used in a blending ratio (parts by mass) shown in Table 1, and the total solid content is 25% by mass. Thus, using propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, each component was stirred until it became uniform, and the photosensitive resin composition for organic electroluminescent element partition formation of an Example and a comparative example was prepared. In addition, the numerical value in Table 1 means the value of solid content.
In addition, the symbol in a table | surface represents the following.
b-1:2,2’-ビス(2-クロロフェニル)-4,4’,5,5’-テトラフェニル-1,2’-ビイミダゾール(保土ヶ谷化学社製)
b-2:イルガキュア369(BASF社製、下記の化学構造の化合物) a-1: Dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate (DPHA) (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.)
b-1: 2,2′-bis (2-chlorophenyl) -4,4 ′, 5,5′-tetraphenyl-1,2′-biimidazole (manufactured by Hodogaya Chemical Co., Ltd.)
b-2: Irgacure 369 (manufactured by BASF, compound having the following chemical structure)
e-1:2-メルカプトベンゾイミダゾール(東京化成社製)
e-2:ペンタエリスリトールテトラキス(3-メルカプトプロピオナート)(淀化学社製)
f-1:TINUVIN384-2(BASF社製、紫外線吸収剤)
g-1:KAYAMER PM-21(日本化薬社製) d-1: Megafax RS-72-K (manufactured by DIC, fluorine-based oligomer having an ethylenic double bond)
e-1: 2-mercaptobenzimidazole (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)
e-2: Pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptopropionate) (manufactured by Sakai Chemical Co., Ltd.)
f-1: TINUVIN 384-2 (manufactured by BASF, UV absorber)
g-1: KAYAMER PM-21 (Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.)
下記式で表されるビスフェノールA型エポキシ化合物(エポキシ当量186g/eq、式中のnが1~20のものの混合物)100質量部、アクリル酸40質量部、p-メトキシフェノール0.06質量部、トリフェニルホスフィン2.4質量部、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート126質量部を反応容器に仕込み、酸価が5mgKOH/g以下になるまで95℃で撹拌した。次いで、上記反応により得られた反応液80質量部にプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート12質量部を加え、無水コハク酸4.5質量部を添加し、95℃で3時間反応させ、固形分酸価60mgKOH/g、GPCで測定したポリスチレン換算の重量平均分子量(Mw)が8,000のアルカリ可溶性樹脂(c-1)溶液を得た。 c-1: The following ethylenically unsaturated group-containing alkali-soluble resin (corresponding to epoxy (meth) acrylate resin (c1-1))
100 parts by weight of a bisphenol A type epoxy compound represented by the following formula (epoxy equivalent 186 g / eq, a mixture of n in the formula of 1 to 20), 40 parts by weight of acrylic acid, 0.06 parts by weight of p-methoxyphenol, The reaction vessel was charged with 2.4 parts by mass of triphenylphosphine and 126 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, and stirred at 95 ° C. until the acid value became 5 mgKOH / g or less. Subsequently, 12 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was added to 80 parts by mass of the reaction solution obtained by the above reaction, 4.5 parts by mass of succinic anhydride was added, and the mixture was reacted at 95 ° C. for 3 hours. An alkali-soluble resin (c-1) solution having a polystyrene equivalent weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 8,000 measured by GPC / g was obtained.
トリシクロデカンメタクリレート/スチレン/グリシジルメタクリレート(モル比:0.032/0.069/0.899)を構成モノマーとする共重合樹脂に、アクリル酸をグリシジルメタクリレートと等量付加反応させ、さらに無水コハク酸を上記の共重合樹脂1モルに対してモル比0.24になるように付加した、アルカリ可溶性のアクリル共重合樹脂(c-2)溶液。溶媒はプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテートである。GPCで測定したポリスチレン換算の重量平均分子量(Mw)は4,800、固形分酸価は62.1mgKOH/g。 c-2: The following acrylic copolymer resin (corresponding to (c2) acrylic copolymer resin)
A copolymer resin having tricyclodecane methacrylate / styrene / glycidyl methacrylate (molar ratio: 0.032 / 0.069 / 0.899) as a constituent monomer is subjected to an addition reaction with an equal amount of acrylic acid and glycidyl methacrylate, and further succinic anhydride is added. An alkali-soluble acrylic copolymer resin (c-2) solution in which an acid is added in a molar ratio of 0.24 to 1 mol of the above copolymer resin. The solvent is propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) in terms of polystyrene measured by GPC was 4,800, and the solid content acid value was 62.1 mgKOH / g.
トリシクロデカンメタクリレート/スチレン/グリシジルメタクリレート(モル比:0.3/0.1/0.6)を構成モノマーとする共重合樹脂に、アクリル酸をグリシジルメタクリレートと等量付加反応させ、さらに無水テトラヒドロフタル酸を上記の共重合樹脂1モルに対してモル比0.39になるように付加した、アルカリ可溶性のアクリル共重合樹脂(c-3)溶液。溶媒はプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテートである。GPCで測定したポリスチレン換算の重量平均分子量(Mw)は8,400、固形分酸価は81.4mgKOH/g。 c-3: The following acrylic copolymer resin A copolymer resin containing tricyclodecane methacrylate / styrene / glycidyl methacrylate (molar ratio: 0.3 / 0.1 / 0.6) as a constituent monomer and acrylic acid as glycidyl methacrylate An alkali-soluble acrylic copolymer resin (c-3) solution in which tetrahydrophthalic anhydride was further added in an equivalent amount to a molar ratio of 0.39 with respect to 1 mol of the copolymer resin. The solvent is propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) in terms of polystyrene measured by GPC was 8,400, and the solid content acid value was 81.4 mgKOH / g.
酸価はJIS K 0070-1992記載の方法で測定ができる。感光性樹脂組成物の酸価は感光性樹脂組成物を直接測定する他、樹脂等の酸基含有成分の酸価と含有量より算出してもよい。 (Measurement of acid value)
The acid value can be measured by the method described in JIS K 0070-1992. In addition to directly measuring the photosensitive resin composition, the acid value of the photosensitive resin composition may be calculated from the acid value and content of an acid group-containing component such as a resin.
ガラス基板上にスピナーを用いて、加熱硬化後に1.7μmの厚みになるように各隔壁形成用感光性樹脂組成物を塗布した。その後95℃で2分間ホットプレート上で加熱乾燥し、得られた塗膜をマスクを使用せずに、露光量100mJ/cm2で全面露光した。この時の波長365nmにおける強度は7.5mW/cm2であった。次いで24℃の2.38質量%TMAH(水酸化テトラメチルアンモニウム)水溶液で60秒間スプレー現像した後、純水で10秒間洗浄した。この基板を、オーブン中230℃で30分間加熱硬化させ、硬化物付きのガス量測定用基板が得られた。 (Measurement of gas amount)
Each partition wall-forming photosensitive resin composition was applied on a glass substrate using a spinner so as to have a thickness of 1.7 μm after heat curing. Thereafter, it was dried by heating on a hot plate at 95 ° C. for 2 minutes, and the resulting coating film was exposed at an exposure amount of 100 mJ / cm 2 without using a mask. At this time, the intensity at a wavelength of 365 nm was 7.5 mW / cm 2 . Subsequently, after spray development for 60 seconds with 2.38 mass% TMAH (tetramethylammonium hydroxide) aqueous solution of 24 degreeC, it wash | cleaned for 10 second with the pure water. This substrate was cured by heating at 230 ° C. for 30 minutes in an oven, and a gas amount measurement substrate with a cured product was obtained.
ガラス基板上にスピナーを用いて、加熱硬化後に1.7μmの厚みになるように各隔壁形成用感光性樹脂組成物を塗布した。その後95℃で2分間ホットプレート上で加熱乾燥し、得られた塗膜をマスクを使用せずに、露光量100mJ/cm2で全面露光した。この時の波長365nmにおける強度は7.5mW/cm2であった。次いで24℃の2.38質量%TMAH(水酸化テトラメチルアンモニウム)水溶液で60秒間スプレー現像した後、純水で10秒間洗浄した。この基板を、オーブン中230℃で30分間加熱硬化させ、硬化物付きの接触角測定用基板が得られた。 (Measurement of contact angle)
Each partition wall-forming photosensitive resin composition was applied on a glass substrate using a spinner so as to have a thickness of 1.7 μm after heat curing. Thereafter, it was dried by heating on a hot plate at 95 ° C. for 2 minutes, and the resulting coating film was exposed at an exposure amount of 100 mJ / cm 2 without using a mask. At this time, the intensity at a wavelength of 365 nm was 7.5 mW / cm 2 . Subsequently, after spray development for 60 seconds with 2.38 mass% TMAH (tetramethylammonium hydroxide) aqueous solution of 24 degreeC, it wash | cleaned for 10 second with the pure water. This substrate was cured by heating at 230 ° C. for 30 minutes in an oven to obtain a contact angle measurement substrate with a cured product.
以下に記載した方法で隔壁の形成と性能評価を行った。
(隔壁の形成)
表面にITO膜を形成したガラス基板の該ITO膜上にスピナーを用いて、加熱硬化後に1.7μmの厚みになるように各隔壁形成用感光性樹脂組成物を塗布した。その後95℃で2分間ホットプレート上で加熱乾燥して、得られた塗膜に、フォトマスク(80μm×280μmの被覆部を10μm間隔で複数有するマスク)を用い、露光ギャップ16μmで、波長365nmにおける強度が7.5mW/cm2である紫外線を用いて、露光量が100mJ/cm2となるよう露光した。この際の紫外線照射は空気下で行った。次いで24℃の2.38質量%TMAH(水酸化テトラメチルアンモニウム)水溶液で60秒間スプレー現像した後、純水で1分間洗浄した。これらの操作により、不要な部分を除去してパターンの形成された基板を、オーブン中230℃で30分間加熱硬化させ、格子状の隔壁を形成した。 [2] Formation and Evaluation of Partition Walls Partition wall formation and performance evaluation were performed by the methods described below.
(Formation of partition walls)
Using a spinner, a photosensitive resin composition for forming each partition wall was applied on the ITO film of a glass substrate having an ITO film formed on the surface so as to have a thickness of 1.7 μm after heat curing. Thereafter, the film was dried by heating on a hot plate at 95 ° C. for 2 minutes. A photomask (a mask having a plurality of covering portions of 80 μm × 280 μm at intervals of 10 μm) was used for the obtained coating film at an exposure gap of 16 μm at a wavelength of 365 nm. Exposure was performed using ultraviolet rays having an intensity of 7.5 mW / cm 2 so that the exposure amount was 100 mJ / cm 2 . The ultraviolet irradiation at this time was performed under air. Next, the film was spray-developed with a 2.38 mass% TMAH (tetramethylammonium hydroxide) aqueous solution at 24 ° C. for 60 seconds, and then washed with pure water for 1 minute. By these operations, unnecessary portions were removed and the substrate on which the pattern was formed was heat-cured in an oven at 230 ° C. for 30 minutes to form lattice-like partition walls.
前述の格子状の隔壁をカットして断面観察用のサンプルを作製し、走査型電子顕微鏡(SEM、キーエンス社製)を用いて隔壁の断面形状を観察し、そのテーパー角を測定した。測定結果を表1に記載した。隔壁の断面形状は略台形状に観察された。
この断面図において、図1のように隔壁1とITO膜2との境界面をS、隔壁の高さをHとした。隔壁の斜辺において、境界面Sと接する斜辺との接線をTとし、接線Tと境界面Sのなす角を測定し、テーパー角とした。テーパー角は大きいほど現像性が良好で残渣が発生しにくい傾向があり、インクジェット塗布において、より濡れ広がりやすい傾向がある。 (Evaluation of taper angle and line width of partition wall)
A sample for cross-sectional observation was prepared by cutting the above-described grid-like barrier ribs, and the cross-sectional shape of the barrier ribs was observed using a scanning electron microscope (SEM, manufactured by Keyence Corporation), and the taper angle was measured. The measurement results are shown in Table 1. The cross-sectional shape of the partition walls was observed in a substantially trapezoidal shape.
In this sectional view, the boundary surface between the
前述の格子状の隔壁を有する基板において、格子状の隔壁で囲われた画素部分に対して、富士フィルム社製DMP-2831にてインクジェット塗布を行った。インクとして、溶剤(安息香酸イソアミル)を単独で使用し、1画素あたり80pLの塗布を行い、決壊(インクが隔壁を乗り越えて隣の画素部分に混入する現象)の有無の評価を行った。評価結果を表1に記載した。決壊しないほど撥液性が高いことを示す。 (Evaluation of suitability of barrier ribs for inkjet application)
In the substrate having the above-described grid-shaped partition walls, inkjet coating was performed on the pixel portion surrounded by the grid-shaped partition walls using DMP-2831 manufactured by Fuji Film. As the ink, a solvent (isoamyl benzoate) was used alone, application was performed at 80 pL per pixel, and the presence or absence of breakage (a phenomenon in which the ink crosses the partition wall and enters the adjacent pixel portion) was evaluated. The evaluation results are shown in Table 1. The liquid repellency is so high that it does not break.
〇:インクを画素内に塗布することができ、隔壁外へのあふれ出しがなかった。
△:インクの一部分が隔壁の上面に乗り上げたが、概ね隔壁外へのあふれ出しはなかった。
×:インクが画素内から隔壁の上面の全面にあふれ出し、隣の画素部分に混入してしまった。(決壊) [Failure evaluation]
◯: Ink could be applied in the pixel, and there was no overflow to the outside of the partition wall.
Δ: A part of the ink climbed on the upper surface of the partition wall, but there was almost no overflow to the outside of the partition wall.
X: Ink overflowed from the inside of the pixel to the entire upper surface of the partition wall and mixed into the adjacent pixel portion. (Breakdown)
表面にITO膜を形成したガラス基板の該ITO膜上にスピナーを用いて、加熱硬化後に1.7μmの厚みになるように実施例1、2の各隔壁形成用感光性樹脂組成物を塗布した。その後、前述と同様の条件にてホットプレート上で加熱乾燥して得られた塗膜に、フォトマスク(80μm×280μmの被覆部を40μm間隔で複数有するマスク)を用いた以外は、同様の露光、現像、加熱硬化をさせ、格子状の隔壁を形成した。 (Evaluation of taper angle and line width of partition walls-2)
Using the spinner on the ITO film of the glass substrate having the ITO film formed on the surface, each partition wall forming photosensitive resin composition of Examples 1 and 2 was applied so as to have a thickness of 1.7 μm after heat curing. . Thereafter, the same exposure except that a photomask (a mask having a plurality of covering portions of 80 μm × 280 μm at intervals of 40 μm) was used for the coating film obtained by heating and drying on a hot plate under the same conditions as described above. Then, development and heat curing were performed to form a lattice-like partition wall.
また、接触角も十分に大きくインクジェット塗布においても決壊を起こさず塗布できることがわかった。連鎖移動剤を含むことで、表面硬化性を高めることによって撥液剤の流出を抑制でき、撥液剤を表面近傍に固定できたからであると考えられる。 Further, from Table 1, the photosensitive resin composition containing the chain transfer agent as in Example 5 has a sufficient taper angle compared to the photosensitive resin composition not containing the chain transfer agent as in Comparative Example 2. It turned out to be bigger. By including a chain transfer agent, radical deactivation in the vicinity of the surface due to oxygen inhibition or the like is improved, surface curability is increased, and the taper angle is increased.
It was also found that the contact angle was sufficiently large so that the ink can be applied without breaking even in the ink jet application. By including the chain transfer agent, it is considered that the outflow of the liquid repellent could be suppressed by increasing the surface curability and the liquid repellent could be fixed near the surface.
各成分を表2に記載の配合割合(質量部)で用い、かつ、全固形分の含有割合が25質量%となるようにプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテートを用いて各成分を均一になるまで撹拌して、実験例及び比較実験例の隔壁形成用感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
なお、表中の記号は以下のものを表す。 [I] Preparation of Photosensitive Resin Composition for Forming Partition Wall Propylene glycol monomethyl ether was used so that each component was used in the blending ratio (parts by mass) shown in Table 2 and the total solid content was 25% by mass. Each component was stirred until it became uniform using acetate, and the photosensitive resin composition for partition formation of an experiment example and a comparative experiment example was prepared.
In addition, the symbol in a table | surface represents the following.
ペンタエリスリトールトリアクリレートとペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレートの混合物(水酸基価113mgKOH/g)490質量部に、無水フタル酸148質量部、トリエチルアミン2.5質量部、及びハイドロキノン0.25質量部の存在下に100℃で5時間反応させ、下記に示すペンタエリスリトールトリアクリレートの無水フタル酸変性物とペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレートを70:30(質量比)で含有する混合物a-11を得た。 a-11: Mixture of the following ethylenically unsaturated compounds [(A1) ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group and (A2) ethylenically unsaturated compound having no acid group]
In the presence of 490 parts by mass of a mixture of pentaerythritol triacrylate and pentaerythritol tetraacrylate (hydroxyl value 113 mg KOH / g), 148 parts by mass of phthalic anhydride, 2.5 parts by mass of triethylamine, and 0.25 parts by mass of hydroquinone at 100 ° C. And a mixture a-11 containing pentaerythritol triacrylate modified with phthalic anhydride and pentaerythritol tetraacrylate shown in the following at 70:30 (mass ratio) was obtained.
ペンタエリスリトールトリアクリレートとペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレートの混合物(水酸基価100mgKOH/g)561質量部に、無水コハク酸100質量部、トリエチルアミン2.5質量部、及びハイドロキノン0.25質量部の存在下に100℃で5時間反応させ、下記に示すペンタエリスリトールトリアクリレートの無水コハク酸変性物とペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレートを60:40(質量比)で含有する混合物a-12を得た。 a-12: Mixture of the following ethylenically unsaturated compounds [(A1) ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group and (A2) ethylenically unsaturated compound having no acid group]
In the presence of 561 parts by mass of a mixture of pentaerythritol triacrylate and pentaerythritol tetraacrylate (hydroxyl value 100 mg KOH / g), 100 parts by mass of succinic anhydride, 2.5 parts by mass of triethylamine, and 0.25 parts by mass of hydroquinone, 100 ° C. And a mixture a-12 containing succinic anhydride-modified pentaerythritol triacrylate and pentaerythritol tetraacrylate shown below at 60:40 (mass ratio) was obtained.
ジペンタエリスリトールペンタアクリレートとジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレートの混合物(水酸基価51mgKOH/g)1,000質量部に、無水コハク酸49質量部、トリエチルアミン2.5質量部、及びハイドロキノン0.25質量部の存在下に100℃で5時間反応させ、下記に示すジペンタエリスリトールペンタアクリレートの無水コハク酸変性物とジペンタエリスリトールペンタアクリレートとジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレートを25:25:50(質量比)で含有する混合物a-13を得た。 a-13: Mixture of the following ethylenically unsaturated compounds [(A1) ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group and (A2) ethylenically unsaturated compound having no acid group]
Existence of 1,000 parts by mass of a mixture of dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate and dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate (hydroxyl value 51 mg KOH / g), 49 parts by mass of succinic anhydride, 2.5 parts by mass of triethylamine, and 0.25 parts by mass of hydroquinone A mixture containing succinic anhydride-modified dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate, dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate, and dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate shown below at 25:25:50 (mass ratio). a-13 was obtained.
下記式で表されるビスフェノールA型エポキシ化合物(エポキシ当量186g/eq、式中のnが1~20のものの混合物)100質量部、アクリル酸40質量部、p-メトキシフェノール0.06質量部、トリフェニルホスフィン2.4質量部、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート126質量部を反応容器に仕込み、酸価が5mgKOH/g以下になるまで95℃で撹拌した。次いで、上記反応により得られた反応液80質量部にプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート3質量部を加え、無水コハク酸3質量部を添加し、95℃で3時間反応させ、固形分酸価40mgKOH/g、GPCで測定したポリスチレン換算の重量平均分子量(Mw)が8,000のアルカリ可溶性樹脂(c-4)溶液を得た。 c-4: The following ethylenically unsaturated group-containing resin (epoxy acrylate resin)
100 parts by weight of a bisphenol A type epoxy compound represented by the following formula (epoxy equivalent 186 g / eq, a mixture of n in the formula of 1 to 20), 40 parts by weight of acrylic acid, 0.06 parts by weight of p-methoxyphenol, The reaction vessel was charged with 2.4 parts by mass of triphenylphosphine and 126 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, and stirred at 95 ° C. until the acid value became 5 mgKOH / g or less. Next, 3 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was added to 80 parts by mass of the reaction solution obtained by the above reaction, 3 parts by mass of succinic anhydride was added, and the mixture was reacted at 95 ° C. for 3 hours to obtain a solid content acid value of 40 mg KOH / g. Then, an alkali-soluble resin (c-4) solution having a polystyrene-reduced weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 8,000 measured by GPC was obtained.
e-1:2-メルカプトベンゾイミダゾール(東京化成社製)
e-2:ペンタエリスリトールテトラキス(3-メルカプトプロピオナート)(淀化学社製)
f-1:TINUVIN384-2(BASF社製、紫外線吸収剤)
g-1:KAYAMER PM-21(日本化薬社製) d-1: Megafax RS-72-K (manufactured by DIC, fluorine-based oligomer having an ethylenic double bond)
e-1: 2-mercaptobenzimidazole (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)
e-2: Pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptopropionate) (manufactured by Sakai Chemical Co., Ltd.)
f-1: TINUVIN 384-2 (manufactured by BASF, UV absorber)
g-1: KAYAMER PM-21 (Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.)
以下に各感光性樹脂組成物の性能評価の方法を説明する。 [II] Formation of cured product and partition and evaluation thereof The following is a description of a method for evaluating the performance of each photosensitive resin composition.
表面にITO膜を形成したガラス基板の該ITO膜上にスピナーを用いて、加熱硬化後に1.5μmの厚みになるように各隔壁形成用感光性樹脂組成物を塗布した基板を、隔壁形成用感光性樹脂組成物ごとに10枚準備した。その後100℃で2分間ホットプレート上で加熱乾燥し、得られた塗膜をマスクを使用せずに、基板ごとに露光量を50~500mJ/cm2の範囲で50mJ/cm2おきに変えて露光した。この時の波長365nmにおける強度は40mW/cm2であった。次いで24℃の2.38質量%TMAH(水酸化テトラメチルアンモニウム)水溶液で60秒間スプレー現像した後、純水で10秒間洗浄した。この基板を、オーブン中230℃で30分間加熱硬化させ、硬化物を形成した接触角測定用基板が得られた。 (Preparation of substrate for contact angle measurement)
Using a spinner on the ITO film of the glass substrate on which the ITO film is formed on the surface, the substrate coated with the photosensitive resin composition for forming each partition so as to have a thickness of 1.5 μm after heat curing is used for forming the partition. Ten sheets were prepared for each photosensitive resin composition. Then heated and dried for 2 minutes on a hot plate at 100 ° C., the resulting coating film without using a mask, the exposure amount for each substrate instead of 50 mJ / cm 2 every range of 50 ~ 500 mJ / cm 2 Exposed. At this time, the intensity at a wavelength of 365 nm was 40 mW / cm 2 . Subsequently, after spray development for 60 seconds with 2.38 mass% TMAH (tetramethylammonium hydroxide) aqueous solution of 24 degreeC, it wash | cleaned for 10 second with the pure water. This substrate was cured by heating at 230 ° C. for 30 minutes in an oven to obtain a contact angle measurement substrate on which a cured product was formed.
組成物の感度により硬化性が異なるため、撥液性が生じる露光量は組成により異なる。ここで撥液性が生じる露光量とは、得られる硬化物の接触角が10度以上になる露光量のことを表す。前述の接触角測定用基板を用いてプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテートに対する接触角を測定し、接触角が10度以上である基板を特定した。それらの基板の作製時の露光量のうち最小値を最小露光量として表2に記載した。なお、接触角は、協和界面科学株式会社製Drop Master 500接触角測定装置により、23℃、湿度50%の条件下で測定した。 (Evaluation of contact angle)
Since the curability varies depending on the sensitivity of the composition, the exposure amount at which liquid repellency occurs varies depending on the composition. Here, the exposure amount at which the liquid repellency is generated represents an exposure amount at which the contact angle of the obtained cured product is 10 degrees or more. The contact angle with respect to propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was measured using the above-mentioned contact angle measurement substrate, and a substrate having a contact angle of 10 degrees or more was specified. Table 2 shows the minimum exposure value among the exposure doses during the production of these substrates. The contact angle was measured with a Drop Master 500 contact angle measuring device manufactured by Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd. under conditions of 23 ° C. and 50% humidity.
表面にITO膜を形成したガラス基板の該ITO膜上にスピナーを用いて、加熱硬化後に1.5μmの厚みになるように各隔壁形成用感光性樹脂組成物を塗布した。その後100℃で2分間ホットプレート上で加熱乾燥した。得られた塗膜に対してフォトマスクを用いて露光を行った。露光量は撥液性が生じる最小露光量で、露光ギャップは16μmにした。フォトマスクは格子状の開口部を有するマスク(80μm×280μmの被覆部を40μm間隔で複数有するマスク)を使用した。次いで、接触角測定用基板作製と同様に、TMAH水溶液で現像を行った後、加熱硬化を行い、格子状の隔壁が得られた。 (Production of partition walls)
Using a spinner, a photosensitive resin composition for forming each partition wall was applied on the ITO film of a glass substrate having an ITO film formed on the surface so as to have a thickness of 1.5 μm after heat curing. Thereafter, it was dried by heating on a hot plate at 100 ° C. for 2 minutes. The obtained coating film was exposed using a photomask. The exposure amount was the minimum exposure amount that caused liquid repellency, and the exposure gap was 16 μm. As the photomask, a mask having a lattice-like opening (a mask having a plurality of covering portions of 80 μm × 280 μm at intervals of 40 μm) was used. Next, in the same manner as in the production of the contact angle measurement substrate, development was performed with a TMAH aqueous solution, followed by heat curing to obtain a lattice-like partition wall.
前述の格子状の隔壁を有する基板において、格子状の隔壁で囲われた発光部(画素部)に対して、富士フィルム社製DMP-2831にてインクジェット塗布を行った。インクとして、溶剤(安息香酸イソアミル)を単独で使用し、1画素部あたり、40pLにて塗布して濡れ広がり性の評価をおこなった。画素部内全域に濡れ広がるほど、隔壁作製時の残渣等が少なく、現像性が良好であることを示す。 (Inkjet application suitability evaluation)
In the substrate having the lattice-like partition walls described above, inkjet coating was applied to the light emitting portion (pixel portion) surrounded by the grid-like partition walls using DMP-2831 manufactured by Fuji Film. As the ink, a solvent (isoamyl benzoate) was used alone and applied at 40 pL per pixel portion to evaluate the wettability. As the entire area of the pixel portion gets wet and spreads, there are fewer residues at the time of manufacturing the partition walls, and the developability is better.
×:インクが広がらない部分が画素部内に一部生じた。 ◯: Ink spread throughout the pixel area.
X: A part where the ink did not spread partially occurred in the pixel portion.
表面にITO膜を形成したガラス基板の該ITO膜上にスピナーを用いて、各隔壁形成用感光性樹脂組成物を加熱硬化後に1.5μmの厚みになるように塗布した。その後100℃で2分間ホットプレート上で加熱乾燥し、得られた塗膜をマスクを使用せずに、前述の撥液性が生じる最小露光量で露光した。この時の波長365nmにおける強度は40mW/cm2であった。次いで、接触角測定用基板作製と同様に、TMAH水溶液で現像を行った後、オーブン中230℃で30分間加熱硬化を行い、硬化物を形成したガス量測定用基板が得られた。 (Production of gas quantity measurement substrate)
Using a spinner, each partition wall-forming photosensitive resin composition was applied to a thickness of 1.5 μm after heat curing on the ITO film of a glass substrate having an ITO film formed on the surface. Thereafter, the film was heated and dried on a hot plate at 100 ° C. for 2 minutes, and the obtained coating film was exposed without using a mask at the minimum exposure amount at which the liquid repellency described above was generated. At this time, the intensity at a wavelength of 365 nm was 40 mW / cm 2 . Next, as with the contact angle measurement substrate preparation, development was performed with a TMAH aqueous solution, followed by heat curing in an oven at 230 ° C. for 30 minutes to obtain a gas amount measurement substrate on which a cured product was formed.
作製したガス量測定用基板(40mm×8mm、4枚)を加熱炉内で230℃、20分間加熱した際のアウトガス量をGC/MS(Agilent Technologies社製、商品名「5973N」)にて分析し、検出されたピーク全成分の面積の総和を計算した。次に、検出されたピーク面積の総和より検量線を用いてトルエン量に換算し、測定した基板面積で除し、単位面積あたりのトルエン換算のアウトガス量(ng/cm2)を算出した。なお検量線は、濃度既知のトルエンを用いてGC/MSを測定し、トルエン量と検出されるガスのピーク面積値をプロットして、検量線を作成した。 (Measurement of gas amount)
Analyze the outgas amount when the produced gas amount measurement substrate (40 mm × 8 mm, 4 pieces) is heated in a heating furnace at 230 ° C. for 20 minutes with GC / MS (manufactured by Agilent Technologies, trade name “5973N”). The total area of all detected peak components was calculated. Next, it converted into the amount of toluene using the analytical curve from the sum total of the detected peak area, and remove | divided by the measured board | substrate area, and calculated the outgas amount (ng / cm < 2 >) of toluene conversion per unit area. The calibration curve was prepared by measuring GC / MS using toluene having a known concentration, and plotting the amount of toluene and the peak area value of the detected gas.
なお、インクジェット塗布適性に関して、インクが画素部内全域に広がるか否かは、残渣由来の撥液性が画素部内に生じているかどうかに起因する。そのため、安息香酸イソアミル以外の溶剤を用いた場合でも、上記の実験例・比較実験例と同様の結果が得られると考えられる。 On the other hand, the partition walls obtained from the photosensitive resin composition of Comparative Experimental Example 1 containing a large amount of an ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group have good outgassing suitability but a large amount of outgas. This is thought to be because the amount of outgas derived was large. Further, the partition walls obtained from the photosensitive resin composition of Comparative Experimental Example 2 that does not contain an ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group are not sufficiently suitable for ink jet coating, and this is because a residue is generated in the pixel portion. it is conceivable that.
Regarding ink jet application suitability, whether or not the ink spreads throughout the pixel portion depends on whether or not the liquid repellency derived from the residue is generated in the pixel portion. Therefore, even when a solvent other than isoamyl benzoate is used, it is considered that the same results as in the above experimental examples and comparative experimental examples can be obtained.
2:ITO膜
3:ガラス基板
T:境界面Sと接する斜辺との接線
H:隔壁の高さ
S:隔壁とITO膜との境界面 1: partition wall 2: ITO film 3: glass substrate T: tangent line with oblique side in contact with boundary surface H: height of partition wall S: boundary surface between partition wall and ITO film
Claims (13)
- (A)エチレン性不飽和化合物、(B)光重合開始剤及び(C)アルカリ可溶性樹脂を含有する有機電界発光素子隔壁形成用感光性樹脂組成物であって、
前記(C)アルカリ可溶性樹脂が、下記一般式(1)で表される部分構造を有するアルカリ可溶性樹脂(c)を含有し、
さらに(E)連鎖移動剤を含有することを特徴とする有機電界発光素子隔壁形成用感光性樹脂組成物。
The (C) alkali-soluble resin contains an alkali-soluble resin (c) having a partial structure represented by the following general formula (1),
Furthermore, (E) the photosensitive resin composition for organic electroluminescent element partition formation characterized by containing a chain transfer agent.
- 前記アルカリ可溶性樹脂(c)が、エチレン性不飽和基を有する樹脂である、請求項1に記載の有機電界発光素子隔壁形成用感光性樹脂組成物。 The photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition according to claim 1, wherein the alkali-soluble resin (c) is a resin having an ethylenically unsaturated group.
- 前記アルカリ可溶性樹脂(c)が、(c1)エポキシ(メタ)アクリレート樹脂を含有する、請求項1又は2に記載の有機電界発光素子隔壁形成用感光性樹脂組成物。 The photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the alkali-soluble resin (c) contains (c1) an epoxy (meth) acrylate resin.
- 前記(c1)エポキシ(メタ)アクリレート樹脂が、下記式(i)で表される繰り返し単位構造を含むエポキシ(メタ)アクリレート樹脂、下記式(ii)で表される部分構造を含むエポキシ(メタ)アクリレート樹脂、及び下記式(iii)で表される部分構造を含むエポキシ(メタ)アクリレート樹脂からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種を含有する、請求項3に記載の有機電界発光素子隔壁形成用感光性樹脂組成物。
- 前記(c1)エポキシ(メタ)アクリレート樹脂が、エポキシ樹脂にエチレン性不飽和結合を有する酸又はエステル化合物を付加し、更に多塩基酸又はその無水物を付加させた樹脂である、請求項3又は4に記載の有機電界発光素子隔壁形成用感光性樹脂組成物。 The (c1) epoxy (meth) acrylate resin is a resin obtained by adding an acid or ester compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond to an epoxy resin and further adding a polybasic acid or an anhydride thereof. 5. The photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition according to 4.
- さらに(D)撥液剤を含有する、請求項1~5のいずれか1項に記載の有機電界発光素子隔壁形成用感光性樹脂組成物。 6. The photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition according to any one of claims 1 to 5, further comprising (D) a liquid repellent.
- 前記(D)撥液剤が、架橋基を有する撥液剤を含有する、請求項6に記載の有機電界発光素子隔壁形成用感光性樹脂組成物。 The photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition according to claim 6, wherein the liquid repellent (D) contains a liquid repellent having a crosslinking group.
- さらに紫外線吸収剤を含有する、請求項1~7のいずれか1項に記載の有機電界発光素子隔壁形成用感光性樹脂組成物。 The photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition according to any one of claims 1 to 7, further comprising an ultraviolet absorber.
- 前記有機電界発光素子隔壁形成用感光性樹脂組成物の酸価が全固形分に対して20mgKOH/g以上である、請求項1~8のいずれか1項に記載の有機電界発光素子隔壁形成用感光性樹脂組成物。 The organic electroluminescent element partition wall forming according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein an acid value of the organic electroluminescent element partition wall forming photosensitive resin composition is 20 mgKOH / g or more based on a total solid content. Photosensitive resin composition.
- 請求項1~9のいずれか1項に記載の有機電界発光素子隔壁形成用感光性樹脂組成物で構成される隔壁。 A partition comprising the photosensitive resin composition for forming an organic electroluminescent element partition according to any one of claims 1 to 9.
- 請求項10に記載の隔壁を備える有機電界発光素子。 An organic electroluminescent device comprising the partition wall according to claim 10.
- 請求項11に記載の有機電界発光素子を含む画像表示装置。 An image display device comprising the organic electroluminescent element according to claim 11.
- 請求項11に記載の有機電界発光素子を含む照明。 Lighting including the organic electroluminescent element according to claim 11.
Priority Applications (5)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
CN201780054034.0A CN109661855B (en) | 2016-09-05 | 2017-09-04 | Photosensitive resin composition for forming organic electroluminescent element spacer, organic electroluminescent element, image display device, and lighting |
KR1020227034060A KR20220139427A (en) | 2016-09-05 | 2017-09-04 | Photosensitive resin composition for forming organic electroluminescent element partition wall, partition wall, organic electroluminescent element, image display device and lighting |
JP2018537590A JP7099319B2 (en) | 2016-09-05 | 2017-09-04 | Photosensitive resin composition for forming organic electroluminescent device partition wall, partition wall, organic electroluminescent element, image display device and lighting |
CN202210678097.6A CN115185156A (en) | 2016-09-05 | 2017-09-04 | Photosensitive resin composition for forming partition wall, organic electroluminescent element, image display device, and illumination |
KR1020197006409A KR102451212B1 (en) | 2016-09-05 | 2017-09-04 | Photosensitive resin composition for forming organic electroluminescent element barrier ribs, barrier rib, organic electroluminescent element, image display device and lighting |
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2016172875 | 2016-09-05 | ||
JP2016-172875 | 2016-09-05 | ||
JP2017028181 | 2017-02-17 | ||
JP2017-028181 | 2017-02-17 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2018043746A1 true WO2018043746A1 (en) | 2018-03-08 |
Family
ID=61301251
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/JP2017/031824 WO2018043746A1 (en) | 2016-09-05 | 2017-09-04 | Photosensitive resin composition for forming organic electroluminescent element partition wall, partition wall, organic electroluminescent element, image display device and lighting |
Country Status (5)
Country | Link |
---|---|
JP (1) | JP7099319B2 (en) |
KR (2) | KR20220139427A (en) |
CN (2) | CN109661855B (en) |
TW (3) | TWI826804B (en) |
WO (1) | WO2018043746A1 (en) |
Cited By (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN114902135A (en) * | 2019-12-25 | 2022-08-12 | Dic株式会社 | Positive photosensitive resin composition, cured film and resist film |
WO2023234561A1 (en) * | 2022-06-03 | 2023-12-07 | 주식회사 동진쎄미켐 | Display device and photo-sensitive resin composition for same |
Families Citing this family (6)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
KR101195188B1 (en) | 2011-02-21 | 2012-10-29 | 원화코퍼레이션 주식회사 | Wire Connector For Electric Detonator |
WO2019146685A1 (en) * | 2018-01-26 | 2019-08-01 | 三菱ケミカル株式会社 | Photosensitive coloring resin composition, partition wall, organic electroluminescent element, image display device and lighting |
CN110164948B (en) * | 2019-06-13 | 2021-12-28 | 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 | Pixel defining layer, manufacturing method and display panel |
WO2021039790A1 (en) * | 2019-08-30 | 2021-03-04 | 綜研化学株式会社 | Electrically conductive polymer and resin composition |
JPWO2021090836A1 (en) * | 2019-11-06 | 2021-05-14 | ||
JP2021105164A (en) * | 2019-12-26 | 2021-07-26 | 住友化学株式会社 | Curable resin composition and display device |
Citations (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2011165396A (en) * | 2010-02-05 | 2011-08-25 | Mitsubishi Chemicals Corp | Photosensitive composition for barrier rib of active driving type organic electroluminescent element, and active driving type organic electroluminescent display device |
JP2013047818A (en) * | 2012-10-01 | 2013-03-07 | Taiyo Holdings Co Ltd | Photosetting resin composition |
WO2013069789A1 (en) * | 2011-11-11 | 2013-05-16 | 旭硝子株式会社 | Negative-type photosensitive resin composition, partition wall, black matrix, and optical element |
JP2013140346A (en) * | 2011-12-07 | 2013-07-18 | Mitsubishi Chemicals Corp | Colored resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device and organic el display device |
JP2014126663A (en) * | 2012-12-26 | 2014-07-07 | Nippon Kayaku Co Ltd | Active energy ray-curable resin composition, colored spacer for display element and black matrix |
Family Cites Families (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2010062120A (en) | 2008-08-06 | 2010-03-18 | Mitsubishi Chemicals Corp | Photosensitive composition for barrier rib of organic electroluminescent element, and organic electroluminescent display device |
JP2010129344A (en) * | 2008-11-27 | 2010-06-10 | Mitsubishi Chemicals Corp | Composition for under-coating layer, organic thin film patterning substrate, organic electroluminescent element, organic el display device, and organic el illumination |
JP2010150397A (en) | 2008-12-25 | 2010-07-08 | Nippon Shokubai Co Ltd | Unsaturated group-containing resin, manufacturing method thereof and photosensitive resin composition |
CN104823108B (en) * | 2012-11-28 | 2020-02-21 | Agc株式会社 | Negative photosensitive resin composition, resin cured film, partition wall, and optical element |
-
2017
- 2017-09-04 WO PCT/JP2017/031824 patent/WO2018043746A1/en active Application Filing
- 2017-09-04 CN CN201780054034.0A patent/CN109661855B/en active Active
- 2017-09-04 JP JP2018537590A patent/JP7099319B2/en active Active
- 2017-09-04 CN CN202210678097.6A patent/CN115185156A/en active Pending
- 2017-09-04 KR KR1020227034060A patent/KR20220139427A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2017-09-04 KR KR1020197006409A patent/KR102451212B1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2017-09-05 TW TW110125961A patent/TWI826804B/en active
- 2017-09-05 TW TW106130244A patent/TWI806838B/en active
- 2017-09-05 TW TW110125962A patent/TWI819333B/en active
Patent Citations (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2011165396A (en) * | 2010-02-05 | 2011-08-25 | Mitsubishi Chemicals Corp | Photosensitive composition for barrier rib of active driving type organic electroluminescent element, and active driving type organic electroluminescent display device |
WO2013069789A1 (en) * | 2011-11-11 | 2013-05-16 | 旭硝子株式会社 | Negative-type photosensitive resin composition, partition wall, black matrix, and optical element |
JP2013140346A (en) * | 2011-12-07 | 2013-07-18 | Mitsubishi Chemicals Corp | Colored resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device and organic el display device |
JP2013047818A (en) * | 2012-10-01 | 2013-03-07 | Taiyo Holdings Co Ltd | Photosetting resin composition |
JP2014126663A (en) * | 2012-12-26 | 2014-07-07 | Nippon Kayaku Co Ltd | Active energy ray-curable resin composition, colored spacer for display element and black matrix |
Cited By (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN114902135A (en) * | 2019-12-25 | 2022-08-12 | Dic株式会社 | Positive photosensitive resin composition, cured film and resist film |
WO2023234561A1 (en) * | 2022-06-03 | 2023-12-07 | 주식회사 동진쎄미켐 | Display device and photo-sensitive resin composition for same |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
KR20190046834A (en) | 2019-05-07 |
TW201826025A (en) | 2018-07-16 |
CN109661855A (en) | 2019-04-19 |
TWI819333B (en) | 2023-10-21 |
TWI826804B (en) | 2023-12-21 |
JPWO2018043746A1 (en) | 2019-06-24 |
TWI806838B (en) | 2023-07-01 |
CN115185156A (en) | 2022-10-14 |
TW202141185A (en) | 2021-11-01 |
TW202140680A (en) | 2021-11-01 |
KR102451212B1 (en) | 2022-10-05 |
KR20220139427A (en) | 2022-10-14 |
CN109661855B (en) | 2022-07-08 |
JP7099319B2 (en) | 2022-07-12 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
WO2018043746A1 (en) | Photosensitive resin composition for forming organic electroluminescent element partition wall, partition wall, organic electroluminescent element, image display device and lighting | |
JP7205089B2 (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, partition wall, organic electroluminescence device, image display device and lighting | |
JP5262738B2 (en) | Photosensitive composition for partition walls of active drive type organic electroluminescent device and active drive type organic electroluminescent display device | |
JP5428910B2 (en) | Photosensitive composition for partition walls of active drive type organic electroluminescent device and active drive type organic electroluminescent display device | |
TWI772604B (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, bank, organic electroluminescent element, image display device and lighting | |
JP2021120946A (en) | Photosensitive resin composition for forming partition wall, partition wall, organic electroluminescent element, image display device and illumination | |
JP7236209B2 (en) | Photosensitive resin composition for forming partition, partition, organic electroluminescence device, image display device and lighting | |
JP7040089B2 (en) | Photosensitive resin composition for partition wall formation, partition wall, organic electroluminescent element, image display device and lighting | |
WO2021125160A1 (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, partition wall, organic electroluminescent element and image display device | |
JP2018018036A (en) | Photosensitive resin composition for forming partition wall, partition wall, organic electroluminescent element, image display device and illumination | |
WO2023054597A1 (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, cured product, partition wall, organic electroluminescent element, and image display device | |
WO2022163682A1 (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, cured product, partition wall, organic electroluminescent element, color filter, and image display device | |
WO2022210497A1 (en) | Colored photosensitve resin composition, cured product, partition wall, color filter, and image display device | |
WO2022209771A1 (en) | Colored photosensitive resin composition, cured article, partitioning wall, organic electroluminescent element, color filter containing light-emitting nanocrystal grains, and image display device | |
KR20170035697A (en) | Novel biphenyl oxime ester compounds, photopolymerization initiator and photoresist composition containing the same |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 2018537590 Country of ref document: JP Kind code of ref document: A |
|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 17846749 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 20197006409 Country of ref document: KR Kind code of ref document: A |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 17846749 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |